ACCELERATE

SECOND EDITION
Contents
Unit Theme + Vocab Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 1 Writing

1 Talking about hobbies

and everyday activities
Present simple and Pres-
ent continuous
Gerunds and Infinitives
Informal email:
‘Keeping in touch’
Page 5

2 Your childhood
Friends and Family
Past Simple vs.
Past Continuous
Expressing past habits
- Used to A story
Page 20 - Would

3 Travel & Destinations Past Simple & Present

Perfect Simple
Present Perfect Contin-
uous & Present Perfect Informal e-mail
Page 40 Simple

Comparative and Super-

4 Personality
adjectives and jobs
lative adjectives, differ-
ent ways of comparing
Future forms A cover letter
Page 52

Zero and First

5 Health, medicine and
injuries
Conditionals (if, when
and unless)
Modals of advice,
obligation and Letter of Request
Page 68 permission

6 The environment/nature
Active and Passive voice
Second Conditional Pros and Cons Essay
Page 87

Vocabulary Grammar Point 1

7 Money
Shopping
Defining and
non-defining
Countable +
uncountable nouns,
Writing an
advertisement
Page 102 quantifiers
Describing objects relative clauses

8 Accidents and injuries

Past Perfect &
Confusing words
Narrative tenses, Ex-
treme adjectives
Telling a story using
narrative tenses
Page 118

9 News and talking about

the news Reported speech Reporting verbs A news report
Page 131

10 Problems and solutions

Past Modals: could have,
should have, would have
Third Conditional + I
wish/ If only
Apology email
(Formal vs Informal)
Page 148
PRONUNCIATION IN CONTEXT
Need an intensive program to improve your English-speaking skills quickly, so you can be understood? With Pronunciation in
Context, you’ll learn to understand the sounds, stress and rhythm of the English language and improve pronunciation so you
can speak confidently in everyday situations – from ordering food at a restaurant to speaking in a job interview.
IELTS IN CONTEXT
This course is designed for English students who want to gain access to university or college, improve employment
prospects or for migration purposes - in Australia or in other English-speaking countries throughout the world. You will learn
to accurately use Academic English in writing, express yourself fluently across a range of topics, use appropriate linking
words, build vocabulary and good essay structure, so you can write quickly and effectively, and learn exam strategies and
techniques for your best chance at success.
CAMBRIDGE PREPARATION
Greenwich English College has produced more Cambridge English graduates than any other college in Australia. A Cambridge
course is a more intensive alternative to General English. It will allow you to have complex conversations in English and
succeed in daily life in an English-speaking country. The best part is that a Cambridge certification is valid for life and is
recognised around the world by over 20,000 businesses, universities and government departments.
ENGLISH FOR BUSINESS
This course covers three practical 4-week modules including Administration & Customer Service, Sales & Marketing as
well as Management & Human Resources. You can choose one course to focus on a specific need, or complete all modules
to kick-start your career in business. This course is also designed to help students who are preparing for the Cambridge
BULATS Exam – an internationally recognised exam for language ability used in human resources and employment in
top companies around the world.
ENGLISH + CREATIVE TECHNOLOGY
As the only course of its type in Australia, English + Creative Technology is a unique 12-week course for students who need
to communicate in the field of technology for study or work. With 3, practical, 4-week modules specialising in teaching
the language skills essential for success in the technological field, you can choose one course for a specific need, or get an
excellent foundation for your future career by doing all three: English for Programming, English for Digital Design and English
for Film Making.
EVS/EAP
Nervous about college or university study in an English-speaking country? English for Vocational Studies (EVS) and English
for Academic Purposes (EAP) focus on the presentation, essay writing, critical thinking and referencing skills you will need
to survive and excel at university or college. Completing EVS will provide a pathway to a Certificate or Diploma program at
some of Australia’s best colleges, including Greenwich Management College and it also allows you to continue to our EAP
course - which will prepare you for further study at University.

NEWS & EVENTS

Get all of the latest information on what’s happening around Sydney and Melbourne and what’s happening at
Greenwich College by checking out our website or following us on Facebook.

Greenwhich English College greenwhichcollege.edu.au

CERTIFICATE II/ CERTIFICATE III/ CERTIFICATE IV / DIPLOMA OF BUSINESS
The Certificate II in Business course will equip you with basic all-round business knowledge and extend
your skills so that you can learn the basics of successfully contributing in a business environment.
In Certificate III in Business course, you will also learn to process customer complaints, create
presentations and apply knowledge of WHS legislation in the workplace.
Want to be job-ready as soon as you graduate? With the Certificate IV of Business, learn high-level
skills in marketing, customer service, team development, and project management - and build strong
analytical and problem-solving skills to reach your career goals quickly.
Want to learn fundamental business skills such as managing projects, marketing, finances and eople?
With a Diploma of Business you’ll build theoretical and practical expertise across a wide range of
business functions so you can confidently undertake a wide range of roles.
CERTIFICATE IV / DIPLOMA OF MARKETING AND COMMUNICATION
With the Certificate IV in Marketing and Communication course, learn high-level skills needed to
succeed in the marketing and communication industry.
In the Diploma course you will learn the leading social media tools and best practices used in modern
business to succeed in the marketing communications industry.
CERTIFICATE IV / DIPLOMA OF LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT
The Certificate IV in Leadership and Management is designed for students who want to
build the skills and expertise to pursue leadership and management roles in business in
an English-speaking country.
The Diploma level course will take you to a new level in developing advanced aspects
of leadership and management - including how to plan, organise, implement and
monitor the success of teams within an organisation.
CERTIFICATE IV / DIPLOMA OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT/ ADVANCED
DIPLOMA OF PROGRAM MANAGEMENT
With the Certificate IV gain valuable knowledge and skills in learning the processes
behind developing efficient and systematic ways to deliver projects on time and
on budget.
The Diploma of Project Management is designed for people wanting to succeed in
delivering projects across a number of industries in a variety of contexts such as
leading new growth strategies, changing systems, restructuring teams or launching
marketing events.
Programs are large scale projects made up of several projects that are dependent
on each other. Outlining objectives, planning execution, managing operations,
and reporting on status are just a few of the functions involved in the Advanced
Diploma of Program Management course.
DIPLOMA OF EVENT MANAGEMENT
Events are diverse in nature and this qualification provides a pathway to
work for event or exhibition organisations operating in a range of industries,
including the tourism and travel, hospitality, sport, cultural, and community
sectors.
ADVANCED DIPLOMA OF LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT
The Advanced Diploma course develops and refines the relevant skills
and knowledge to empower students to achieve success in roles involving
management and leadership.

GreenwichCollege @greenwichcollege Greenwich College

 SOCIAL LIFE

01
UNIT

SERENA JAMEKA WILLIAMS (BORN SEPTEMBER 26, 1981) IS AN AMERICAN PROFESSIONAL TENNIS
PLAYER. THE WOMEN'S TENNIS ASSOCIATION RANKED HER WORLD NO. 1 IN SINGLES ON
EIGHT SEPARATE OCCASIONS BETWEEN 2002 AND 2017. SHE REACHED THE NO. 1 RANKING FOR
THE FIRST TIME ON JULY 8, 2002. ON HER SIXTH OCCASION, SHE HELD THE RANKING FOR 186 5
CONSECUTIVE WEEKS, TYING THE RECORD SET BY STEFFI GRAF FOR THE MOST CONSECUTIVE
WEEKS AS NO. 1
SOCIAL LIFE
IN THIS UNIT...
Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing
Talking about Present simple and Gerunds and Infinitives Informal email:
hobbies and Present continuous ‘Keeping in touch’
everyday activities

Speaking

1. Discuss with a partner

a) What are some activities you like to do in your free time?
b) Who do you like to spend your free time with the most?
c) What hobbies do young people in your country have?
d) Which free time activities do older people prefer to do?
e) Which activities are you good at / hopeless at?
f) Are there any sports or other activities you have never tried but would like to?
g) Is there such a thing as too much free time?
h) Do you think people had more or less free time in the past?
i) What is the most worthwhile thing a person can do in their free time?

Vocabulary

1. Choose the correct verb from the box for each activity

WATCH GO STAY EAT GRAB

______________________________________ to the movies _________________________ home early

______________________________________ to a house party _________________________ dancing
______________________________________ live music _________________________ to karaoke
______________________________________ clubbing _________________________ for a walk
______________________________________ out late ________________________ a snack
______________________________________ out for a drink ________________________ for a drive around the town
______________________________________ out _________________________ to a bar/club

2. Discuss with a partner: Which of the activities from exercise 1 do you enjoy on a night out?

6
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 01
Reading

1. Discuss these questions

a) Is nightlife in Australia different from nightlife in your country?
b) How do people spend a night out in your hometown?

2. Quickly read the article and answer the following questions.

a) What are the people’s names?
b) Where are they from?
c) How old are they?

3. Read the article again, then answer the questions.

a) What time do young people in Hong Kong normally meet?
b) What is interesting about the Ping Pong 129 bar?
c) Is it easy to find a place to have dinner late at night in Hong Kong?
d) Where in Chile is Calbuco situated?
e) What is the Chilean national drink?
f) How does Onur describe Istanbul?
g) Why do Onur and Mehmet go for a drive on Friday or Saturday night?
h) What do Onur and Mehmet do to get girls to call them back?

1 The nightlife in Hong Kong is incredible. I normally catch up with my mates at around
10 pm and that’s fairly early for Hong Kong party time. We hit the bars first, and we
often start at Ping Pong 129 which is one of the coolest bars in Hong Kong. This bar was
formerly a ping pong hall and because they’ve kept many of the original fittings, it’s got
5 this great retro feel! When the clock hits midnight, hunger strikes and we need some
energy after a night of drinking and partying. Thankfully, Hong Kong’s a food heaven with
lots of amazing late-night eateries. We would normally have a long dinner out and then
carry on partying until the early morning.
Chen Kai, 29

There’s just over 30 000 people living in Calbuco – a small island in Patagonia, Chile. There aren’t
10 many places to go out, so my friends and I often meet up at someone’s home. Everybody brings
finger food and drinks, we normally make Pisco Sour which isn’t only a great cocktail but also
our national drink. Although we are all quite young, some of us have already got children and we
normally bring them along. The kids play together until they crash out and their parents – us, are
able to keep going until the next morning.
Eric Villegas Munoz, 25

15 Istanbul is a true urban cosmopolitan city which has a lot to offer. My best mate
Mehmet and I, however, spend Friday or Saturday night driving around some trendy
neighbourhoods of Istanbul trying to get girls’ attention. We write our phone numbers
on pieces of paper and throw them into their cars. We need to make sure we look smart
and borrow Mehmet’s dad’s car if we want the girls to call us back.
20 Once, we went for a drive around our neighbourhood and by mistake threw our phone
numbers to Mehmet’s mum’s car. She didn’t look impressed, but we tried to explain to her Onur Gun
sun, 18
that it was only a joke. I guess we’re just young guys who want to have a bit of fun.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

7
SOCIAL LIFE
4. Look at the expressions from the article and discuss their meaning with your partner
a) hit the bars g) late-night eateries
b) formerly h) carry on partying
c) original fittings i) crash out
d) retro feel j) urban cosmopolitan city
e) the clock hits midnight k) trendy neighbourhoods
f) the hunger strikes l) to look smart

5. Work in pairs. Look at the questions and discuss your ideas.

- Whose night out sounds the most / least fun?
- Do you think nightlife in your country / city has changed in the past few years? How?

Vocabulary
1. Brainstorm a free time activity for each letter

A = athletics G= M= S=

B = bowling H= N= T=

C = cooking I= O= U=

D= J= P= V=

E= K= Q= W=

F= L= R= X=

Y=

Z=

2. Put the activities that you brainstormed into the correct column

PLAY DO GO NO VERB
bowling athletics cooking

3. Complete the gaps with the correct verb. Also, think about the form of the verb.
a) Have you ever _________ a weekend yoga course? It’s a great way to relax.
b) I ________ football for my local team when I was a teenager, but I just don’t have the energy anymore.
c) My mum ________ tennis every week and she is over 60!
d) I love ________ dancing - every Saturday night you’ll find me on the dance floor.
e) A close friend of mine _________ Jiu jitsu for years, he’s an expert.
f) Do you ________ sailing much?

4. Discuss with your partner:

“Are you happy with the way you spend your free time?”

8
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 01
5. Look at the survey below. Put a tick next to the statements that are true for you, then compare with your partner.

1. I spend too much time sleeping.

2. I don’t get enough sleep.
3. I work / study too many hours.
4. I don’t work / study enough.
5. I spend a lot of time looking after my children / doing other activities.
6. I spend a lot of time socialising and going out.
7. I spend too much of my time on boring activities and tasks.
8. I never really stop – I’m busy all day.
9. I find time for my interests.
10. I’d like to have more time for my interests.
11. I sometimes feel bored because I can’t think of anything to do.
12. I don’t have enough time for certain important things in my life.
13. I often put off tasks that I need to do.
14. I feel stressed because I don’t have enough time to do everything.
15. I waste a lot of time on things that aren’t very useful.

Listening
1. Listen to five speakers talking about their answers. Which statements are they discussing? Make
TRACK
1.1
notes about what they say.

Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3 Speaker 4 Speaker 5

2. Discuss in small groups.

a) Which activities do you find very important in your life?
b) Is there anything you would like to change about the way you spend your free time?

Reading
1. Look at the photos and discuss these questions with your partner.
- Which photo can you relate to? Why? - Do you read advice about lifestyle in magazines or online websites?

2. Which statements do you think are true? Discuss in pairs.

a) People should believe the advice given in magazines and newspapers.
b) People who get up early in the morning are more productive.
c) People could always do more exercise.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

9
SOCIAL LIFE
3. Read the article quickly and decide if each statement is a fact or a myth.

4. Read the article again and answer the questions below

a) What does the writer say about people’s lifestyles in general?
b) How does she feel about advice from magazines and newspaper articles?
c) Why does the writer go to bed late?
d) When are night owls more productive?
e) What kind of people experience damage to their heart muscle?
f) What is her advice on exercise?

THE MYTHS THAT MAKE US FEEL GUILTY

Every time you read a magazine or a newspaper article, do you find a piece of advice telling you that you’re doing
something wrong? Apparently, we sleep too much or not enough, we don’t drink enough liquids and eat too much
processed food - it can be pretty depressing. That’s when I decided to do some research on my own to find out if I
should really feel that guilty.

I’ve constantly felt bad because I find it really hard to get up in the morning. It’s probably because I can never push
myself to go to bed before 1 a.m. While my work colleagues come to work looking nice and fresh at 9 o’clock in the
morning, I look like I would have appreciated spending another hour or two in bed. What’s more, everyone knows that
those who get up early are more productive, right? Well, that’s actually wrong. According to recent research conducted
by the Open University in the UK, early birds and night owls are equally productive 2 hours after they wake up.
However, about 9 hours after waking up, night owls are generally more energetic, productive and able to stay focused.
So the next time I get comments about looking tired and sleepy, I will just tell them to wait and see!

Like most people, I tend to worry about how much time I spend – or rather don’t spend – at the gym. I know I should
do more exercise to keep fit and healthy. Like me, you have probably always thought that there is no such thing as
too much exercise. But researchers have recently found out from a study done on top athletes that some of them
had damaged their heart. They compared them to people of the same age who didn’t exercise so intensively and they
showed no damage to their heart at all. So I might be better off staying at home and sitting on the couch! In the end,
the best advice is still the old saying: moderation in all things.

Vocabulary

1. Match the vocabulary in column A with the definitions in column B

A B
a) a myth 1. to value something, to be grateful for something
b) to feel guilty 2. a person who is active at night
c) processed food 3. a belief or idea that is not true
d) to appreciate 4. to do, perform
e) to conduct 5. food that is convenient, ready to be eaten
f) an early bird 6. to do regular exercise to improve fitness
g) a night owl 7. a person who wakes up early
h) to keep fit 8. to be in a favourable situation
i) to be better off 9. feel bad because you have done something wrong
j) moderation 10. doing something with limits

2. Work in small groups. Tell your partners which paragraph you found the most surprising or interesting,
and why.

10
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 01
Listening

Hannah Cheung is a professional film-maker. Recently, she timed everything she did for one month for a
film she is planning to shoot. The diagram below shows how she spends her free time.

1. Listen and complete the gaps 2. Listen again and complete the notes
TRACK Hannah says:
1.2
I didn’t expect to see these results…
I can’t stand 1 _______.
I don’t mind 2 _______ the housework but it’s not
very interesting….
I’d prefer 3 _______ less of that kind of thing.
I enjoy reading…
I always look forward to 4 _______ a new book.
I love cooking…
I try 5 _______ a proper meal at least four nights
a week.
I often invite 6 _______ over to have dinner…
I never manage 7 _______ much exercise.
I never seem to find the time.
That’s one thing I’d like 8 _______.

3. Look at the vocabulary in bold and check the meaning with your partner. Then create your
own sentences using the same vocabulary to describe your free time.

GRAMMAR POINT 1: PRESENT SIMPLE AND CONTINUOUS

a) I enjoy reading fantasy books like Harry Potter or Alice in Wonderland.
b) Right now, I am enjoying reading a science fiction book – The Time Machine.

1. Look at the sentences and decide which one is in the present simple and which one is in the present
continuous. How do you know?

2. Discuss with your partner when we use the present simple and when the present continuous.

3. Match the functions with the tenses.

a) Temporary situations
b) Routines
PRESENT SIMPLE c) Timetable
d) State that is gradually changing
e) Habits
f) Facts / States that don’t change
PRESENT CONTINUOUS g) Annoying situations
h) Permanent actions
i) Action in progress now or around now

4. Match the examples with the uses above.

a) My boss is always asking me to work overtime. f) I go to church on Sunday.
b) My bus comes at 7:08 pm. g) I’m reading an interesting book at the moment.
c) My parents live in Bogota, Colombia. h) I look like my sister.
d) I’m staying with my grandparents this summer. i) People are working longer hours these days.
e) I normally stay up late on the weekend.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

11
SOCIAL LIFE
5. Look at the sentence structure of the present simple and present continuous and complete the tables.

PRESENT SIMPLE PRESENT CONTINUOUS

I / You / We / They read. I’m (= am) reading

+
He / She / It ________. + You / We / They __________________.

I / You / We / They _________ . He / She / It __________________.

-
He / She / It __________ . I __________________.

_______ I / you / we / they _______? - You / We / They __________________.

?
_______ he / she / it _______? He / She / It __________________.

_______ I _______?

? _______ you / we / they _______?

_______ he / she / it _______?

6. Time expressions commonly used with Present simple and Present continuous.

PRESENT SIMPLE PRESENT CONTINUOUS

- every day / year / term - at the moment
- adverbs of frequency - now / right now
(normally, always, never, sometimes…) - this year / week / summer
- two times a week / month / year - today
- currently / these days / nowadays

Talk to your partner about your social life using the present simple and present continuous time
expressions above.

7. State verbs are normally used in the Simple, NOT the Continuous form. Look at the examples and
brainstorm at least 2 more state verbs for each category.
- state verbs connected with emotions: hate, ____________, ___________, ____________
- state verbs connected with senses: smell, ____________, ____________, ____________
- state verbs connected with understanding: understand, ____________, ____________, ____________
- state verbs connected with possession and unchanging qualities: belong, ___________, __________, _________

8. Which sentences are correct and which are incorrect? Correct the wrong ones.
a) Josh isn’t usually dancing much at parties.
b) Sandra says she’ll call you later – she is making dinner.
c) Be quiet! The kids are having a nap.
d) I’m not understanding this exercise.
e) Kylie is having 3 brothers.
f) Melbourne is becoming more and more expensive.
g) It’s getting dark outside.
h) How much is the iPhone 8 costing?

12
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 01
9. Read the text and choose the correct answer.

GOOD FOR YOU HOLLYWOOD

Over a hundred years ago, a small and peaceful village of Hollywood became part of Los Angeles. Today, many people
all over the world dream / are dreaming about becoming a celebrity in this town.

Probably everyone knows / is knowing the famous symbol of Hollywood. It is standing / stands right above the hills
of the town and don’t forget / don’t be forgetting Grauman’s Chinese theatre, where talented actors and actresses
leave / are leaving their hand and footprints. However, the most famous place is the Dolby Theatre where the
Academy Awards ceremony (also known as the ‘Oscars’) has been held since 2002. Every March, film celebrities are
waiting / wait nervously to find out if they have won an award.

These days it is becoming / becomes quite common for film producers and directors to shoot their movies away from
Hollywood, but it still remains / is remaining the home of movies.

10. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets.

Dear Vicki,
1
………………… (I / be) a student at Sydney University. It’s winter
holiday now. 2 ………………… (I / work) in a nice restaurant in Port
Macquarie. At the end of every term 3 ………………… (I / come) back
to my hometown and 4 ………………… (I / get) a job in this restaurant
to make some money. This winter 5…………………
(I / stay) with my grandparents who …………………(live) right next to the
6

restaurant. ………………… (It / not be) as comfortable as my parent’s house,

7

but 8 ………………… (I / not mind) because at least

9
………………… ( I / not) need to catch a taxi or Uber to get home late at night.
So this year 10 ………………… (I / save) more cash and 11) ………………… (I /
get) more sleep in the morning.
Bye
Dana

11. Look at the sentences below and fill in the gaps with the correct form of the present simple or continuous.
a) My boyfriend ____________ (always / taste) the food while I’m cooking. How annoying!
b) The milk ____________ (not / taste) right.
c) The baby ____________ (have) a bath every evening.
d) Andrea ____________ (have) a headache.
e) Martin ____________ (see) the dentist now.
f) My flatmates ____________ (have) a BBQ at Bondi today.
g) What ____________ (you / think) about living abroad?
h) ____________ (you / think) of extending your visa?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

13
SOCIAL LIFE
Reading

1. Discuss with your partner

a) Is dancing an important part of your culture? c) Do you dance on any special occasions? Which ones?
b) Are there any traditional dances in your country? d) Do you enjoy dancing?
How does it make you feel in general?

2. Read the article Dance across Colombia. What does the article talk about? Choose the correct option 1-3.
a) professional dancers b) ordinary people c) professional dancers and ordinary people

DANCE ACROSS COLOMBIA

Dance has the power to express all feelings of the world – love and hate, joy and sadness, life and death, and much more
in between.
Dance in Colombia is everywhere. Colombian people dance from horizon to horizon and sea to sea. They dance at
weddings, birthdays, work parties and just to have a good time. ‘I really enjoy dancing’ says Liliana Torres, the owner of a
dance school in Bogota. ‘To be completely honest, I can’t imagine doing anything else in my life.’ Liliana offers classes to
normal people of all ages, from young children to retired people who still want to be active. ‘Many of my older students
say dancing makes them feel young again. It’s amazing to hear that and watch them dance! I often get asked if I manage
to get enough students to fill the classes because it’s widely known that almost everyone in Colombia can dance. Well,
I can tell you that there are many courses to choose from. For example, some couples want to learn to do traditional
dances. Dance classes are also a good way to maintain social life and meet new people. A lot of people, young and old,
choose to come because dancing makes them feel better, calmer and healthier.’ Liliana also mentions that dancing is like
the rhythm of a beating heart; it reminds you that you’re alive!

3. Read the text again and underline 4 reasons why people dance. Highlight 2 effects dancing has on people.
4. Look at the text again. Find at least 5 pieces of vocabulary that are new to you. Discuss the meaning in pairs.

14
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 01
GRAMMAR POINT 2: GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES
1. Look at the sentences from the text. Which form of the verb is grammatically correct?
a) Liliana Torres really enjoys dancing / to dance.
b) She can’t imagining / to imagine / imagine doing anything else in her life.
c) Many older students dance because they want being / to be active.
d) Liliana manages getting / to get enough students to fill up her classes.
e) A lot of people choose coming / to come because dancing makes them feel better.

2. Look at the sentences again and discuss with your partner which form of the verb is a gerund and which is an
infinitive / bare infinitive.

3. Complete the table

GERUNDS
1) _________________ + gerund e.g. I’m good at dancing salsa.
(at, in, up, without, before, after…)

2) Gerunds acting as a ______________ e.g. Dancing is my passion.

3) Some__________* are always followed by gerunds e.g. I enjoy meeting new people.
*See the back of the book for a list of common verbs followed by gerunds.

INFINITIVES
1) _______________ + infinitives e.g. I’m happy to help you.
(happy, sad, interested…)
2) Some __________* are always followed by infinitives e.g. I want to dance more often.
*See the back of the book for a list of common verbs followed by infinitives.

BARE INFINITIVES
1) _______________ + bare infinitive e.g. I should to practice more.
(can, must, should, would, will, had better…)

EXCEPTIONS

1) Verbs followed by both with the_______meaning

e.g. I love to dance. I love dancing.
(love, begin, continue, hate, like, prefer, start)
e.g. I stopped dancing because I was tired.
2) Verbs followed by both with___________meaning.
e.g. I heard my favourite song so I stopped to dance.

a) Stop

Gerund - to stop with an activity Infinitive - to stop to do something

e.g. I stopped smoking 2 years ago. I don’t smoke e.g. I stopped to smoke when I was on my way to work.
anymore. Because of that I came late and my boss was angry.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

15
SOCIAL LIFE
b) Remember

Gerund – looks back in the past - memory Infinitive – looks into the future

e.g. I remember kissing my first boyfriend. e.g. Remember to call mum, it’s her birthday.

c) Forget

Gerund - looks back in the past - memory Infinitive - looks into the future

e.g. I’ll never forget kissing my first boyfriend. e.g. Don’t forget to call mum, it’s her birthday.

d) Try

Infinitive – to do something that is not easy

Gerund – to test something
(and you usually fail)

e.g. I tried to open the bottle, but my friend had to help

e.g. I tried taking a Panadol, but I still have a headache.
me.

4. Choose the correct answer.

a) Kim’s good at painting / to paint.
b) Takuma needs practising / to practise speaking on stage.
c) Can you remember giving / to give your first solo performance?
d) Did you promise coming / to come to your class on time?
e) Don’t forget picking up / to pick up your new timetable.
f) The boy tried lifting / to lift the heavy box, but dropped it.
g) Everybody seems enjoying / to enjoy them.

5. Look at the sentences. Put a tick if the sentence is correct and correct any mistakes.
a) It isn’t easy finding time to do evening classes.
___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
b) My sister Mary has decided to work part-time to have enough time for her hobbies.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) She is thinking of take up piano lessons.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) She would also like finding a private teacher to help her progress faster.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) I’m not sure if she can to afford to pay for private lessons. They can be quite expensive.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
f) I would suggest starting with regular classes first.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6. Complete the sentences with the gerund or infinitive form of the verbs in brackets.
a) I enjoy __________ (do) many different activities.
b) __________ (write) songs is one of my favourite hobbies.
c) I find it difficult __________ (be) original, but I’m trying.
d) Sometimes I think about __________ (change) my lifestyle.
e) But it might __________ (be) too late (6) __________ (learn) something new.
f) I’d like __________ (have) more time to do all the things I want.

16
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 01
7. Put the verb into the gerund or the infinitive.
a) I couldn’t sleep so I tried ………………… (drink) hot milk.
b) He tried ………………… (wake up) early in the morning to go fishing but he was too tired.
c) I tried …………………… (get) to my friend’s birthday party on time but my car broke down.
d) We tried …………………. (open) the balcony door, but it was still too hot inside.
e) You should stop ………………. (smoke), it’s not good for your health.
f) I stopped ………………….. (have) lunch and then I finished my final essay.
g) We stopped ………………… (have) a rest because we were getting very tired.
h) Please, don’t forget ……………… (pick up) some bread on your way home.
i) I can’t remember ………………… (lock) the door this morning, but I must have locked it.
j) I remember …………………….. (go) to the movies every Friday when I was a teenager.

8. Complete the gaps with the correct form of the verb, then interview your partner. Write down their answers.
Student A
1) What do you often avoid (do) until the last minute? ___________________________________________________________________________________________________
2) What are some things you fancy (do) every day / every week?___________________________________________________________________________________
3) Why did you decide (come) to Australia? ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
4) Do you hope (get) a good job in Australia? What kind of job?____________________________________________________________________________________
5) What do you want (do) this weekend?___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6) Can you remember (fly) to Australia? How did you feel?____________________________________________________________________________________________

Student B
1) Do you find it easy (get up) early in the morning? _________________________________________________________________________________________________
2) Can you imagine (not eat) any sweets for the whole year?_________________________________________________________________________________________
3) What do you love (do) but don’t have enough time for?_____________________________________________________________________________________________
4) Is there something crazy you would like (try)? _____________________________________________________________________________________________________________
5) Do you hope (travel) around the world one day?__________________________________________________________________________________________________________
6) Have you ever tried (learn) another language apart from English? Which one?_______________________________________________________

Writing

1. Discuss with your partner

a) Are you good at keeping in touch?
b) How do you keep in touch with your friends and family while you’re in Australia?
c) What are some advantages and disadvantages of these ways of keeping in touch?
* Facebook
* WhatsApp / Line
* email
* Skype
WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

17
SOCIAL LIFE
2. Read an email from Charlotte to her Japanese friend Mayumi, who she met while she was working in
Hokkaido. Put the paragraphs 1-7 in the correct order. Then compare with your partner.

To: Mayumi.Suzuki@gmail.jp

CC: Charlotte.Landry@hotmail.com

Dear Mayumi,

1) Apart from getting married, looking for a new house and working 5 days a week at Greenwich College,
I’m also going swimming a lot these days. I want to stay fit for the wedding and look great in my wed-
ding dress. Btw, that’s another thing I need to get done this month – find a wedding dress. I’m absolutely
exhausted but I’m super excited and looking forward to the wedding.

2) With love

3) The last time I emailed you, I mentioned I’d met a guy – Ricardo. Guess what?! We’re getting married in
February! He proposed when we were out celebrating our six-month anniversary. It was such a surprise!
It probably seems quite fast, but he’s such an amazing man. He is originally from Brazil, but he’s been in
Australia for a long time.

4) Anyway, how are you? What are you doing these days? If I’m right, the last time you wrote, you men-
tioned you were thinking of taking some time off to go on holiday to Thailand. Did you go? Which places
did you visit? Did you get a chance to go to the full moon party? I want to hear all about it!

5) Write back soon and tell me your news.

6) How’s things? I’m sorry I haven’t been in touch lately, but I’ve been really busy. There are so many
things happening at the moment!

7) As well as getting married, Ricardo and I are looking for a new house to live in. I’ve been staying with
my parents until now but it’s time to find a place – somewhere nice where we can start a family. Sydney
is very expensive, so it’s good that I have a stable job at Greenwich. Ricardo also started a new job three
months ago.

Charlotte

18
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 01
3. Read the text again. Search for linking words and circle them.

4. Complete the sentences with the correct linking word. Sometimes there is more than one option.
a) __________ getting married, we’re looking for a new house to start a family.
b) __________ working 5 days a week, I’m swimming a lot these days.
c) Ricardo started a new job three months ago, so it’s good for our income __________.
d) I’ve been really busy but there are __________ many things happening at the moment.
e) I __________ remember you wanted to go on holiday to Thailand.

5. Rewrite the sentences using the linking words in brackets. You might have to make some changes so
that the sentences are grammatically correct.
a) You’ve visited Thailand. Is there any other place you’re going to visit this year? (apart from)
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________

b) I imagine you’re busy. (too)

______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________

c) Japanese people work a lot so it’s great that you decided to take some time off. (also)
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________

d) I’m sure you’re very surprised but happy for me. (also)
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
e) I’m sorting out all the details for the wedding. I’m looking for a wedding dress. (as well as)
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________

6. You are going to write an email to someone who you haven’t been in touch with for a while.
You want to catch up with their news. Before you write, think about the points below.
* why you haven’t been in touch
* the situation you were both in when you last spoke / emailed
* your situation at the moment; events that have happened to you recently
* any questions you would like to ask your friend

7. Write your answer. Use the linking words apart from, as well as, also, too. Your answer should be
approx. 100 words long.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

19
THOSE WERE
THE DAYS

02
UNIT

ANDREAS NIKOLAUS “NIKI” LAUDA (BORN 22 FEBRUARY 1949) IS AN AUSTRIAN FORMER FORMULA
ONE DRIVER AND A THREE-TIME F1 WORLD DRIVERS’ CHAMPION, WINNING IN 1975, 1977 AND
1984. HE IS CURRENTLY THE ONLY DRIVER TO HAVE BEEN CHAMPION FOR BOTH FERRARI AND
MCLAREN. HE IS CONSIDERED BY SOME AS ONE OF THE GREATEST F1 DRIVERS OF ALL TIME. MORE
RECENTLY AN AVIATION ENTREPRENEUR, HE HAS FOUNDED AND RUN TWO AIRLINES (LAUDA AIR
AND NIKI). HE IS ALSO BOMBARDIER BUSINESS AIRCRAFT BRAND AMBASSADOR. 20
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
IN THIS UNIT...
Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing
Your childhood Past Simple vs. Expressing past habits A story
Friends and Family Past Continuous - Used to
- Would

Reading

2
1. Discuss with your partner. Which of these things are you good/bad at remembering?
• phone numbers and birthdays
• arrangements and messages
• names and faces
• passwords
• things that happened a long time ago
• things that happened not long ago

2. Here are some comments about memory. Read them and discuss with your partner if you have the same or
similar experiences.

a) “It’s impossible for me to remember anything before I started school when I was 5 years old.”
Jessica, 20

b) “My memory isn’t the same as it used to be, I’m sure it’s getting worse. Sometimes I start looking for something,
but then I forget what I was looking for.”
Mark, 45

c) “I will never forget the first time I went overseas with my family. I was about ten and we visited many different
places, it was amazing. But I can’t remember very well what I did last summer, it’s a bit frustrating.
Sarah, 32

d) “My grandfather passed away a couple of years ago, but I have this amazing association with him. Every time I
smell coffee, I remember him. Maybe it’s because and he would always tell us stories while having a big mug of
coffee, he loved it!”
Emily, 24

3. Read the text below quickly and, with your partner, match the comments from exercise 2 with the
paragraphs 1 – 5 in the text. One paragraph will not be used.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

21
THOSE WERE THE DAYS

THE MYSTERIES OF YOUR MEMORY

Memory specialist Doctor Marion Strawsburg has the answers for the most frequent questions about memory.

1. Why are most people able to remember events in their childhood but struggle to remember things that
happened last week?
It is easier to remember things that are strongly connected in our minds, especially emotional connections. The
events that happened in our childhood are generally full of emotion: we experience things for the first time,
so we have strong exciting or frightening feelings. Another way of fixing important events in our memory is by
retelling them, and funny or interesting stories from our past are often told again and again!

2. Some people claim to have photographic memory. Is it possible?

It is a fact that some people’s memories are extraordinary. Stephen Wiltshire, for example, is able to draw a
picture of a city, in detail, after only flying over it for a couple of minutes in a helicopter and Daniel Tammet can
remember the first 22,500 digits of pi (π). Nevertheless, it is not possible to say that either Stephen or Daniel
have a photographic memory. They have the ability to remember specific information for a limited period of
time. It is said that a person with a photographic memory would be able to remember a picture, a book or an
event, in extreme detail, for many years. No scientist has proved the existence of a photographic memory yet.

3. Which is better, computer or human memory?

The answer for this question depends on what people mean by “better”. The information in computer systems
is stored in different and separate pieces. Human memory, on the other hand, is stored in a very different
way. Each piece of information is connected to many other pieces. That’s the reason why a particular song
can bring back memories of an event or a special person. The problem with the human memory is that it’s not
very well organised and it isn’t always accurate. The problem with the computer memory is that it can’t make
connections with other pieces of information and it isn’t, therefore, creative.

4. Is my memory getting worse as I become older?

It depends on how old you are, but yes, it will eventually become worse. Our memory reaches full capacity
and power in our mid-20s. At this point most people are able to remember up to 200 pieces of information a
second. However, after this age the brain starts to shrink. By the age of 40 we normally lose around 10,000
brain cells daily. By middle age the memory becomes significantly worse than before.

5. Is it possible to remember events that happened when we were babies?

In the past scientists used to believe that it was not possible to remember very early childhood, but recently
some scientific research shows that babies are far smarter than we previously thought. Some people really can
remember events which happened when they were babies. Others, however, can’t remember anything before
the age of five or even ten!

22
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
4. Read the text again and decide if the sentences are True (T) or False (F)
a) We remember some events in our childhood because the feelings we have about them are very strong.
b) When we tell people what happened to us in the past many times, we usually forget important details.
c) Stephen Wiltshire never forgets anything.
d) It has been scientifically proven that some people have photographic memory.
e) Computers store pieces of information and connects them with each other.
f) The memory begins to get better in middle age.
g) It is impossible to remember anything before the age of 5.

5. Read the text below. Is there any information from the text that you find surprising?

HOW CAN YOU IMPROVE YOUR MEMORY?

1. Have a good night’s sleep. If we don’t sleep well, we ‘lose’ many of our memories.

2. Move your body. When we exercise, the brain is flooded with oxygen and this makes your memory
work much better.

3. Keep your brain fit. Exercising the brain is as important as exercising the body. Look for challenging
mental activities such as Sudoku or learning a different language.

4. Find activities that interest you. Ask yourself questions about what you are learning as we learn more if
we are interested.

5. Review information. Always go back to review information that you have learnt. It’s much better than
trying to remember everything at once.

6. Drink coffee. Just like exercise, caffeine sends oxygen to the brain and also helps you concentrate.

7. Picture situations in your mind. If you want to remember, for example, the name ‘Susan Keys’, replace
her head with a big key. The funnier the image, the better.

6. Work with your partner:

• Which of these tips do you find the most / least useful?
• Which of them can you use in your process of learning English?
• Do you have any other ways of remembering vocabulary and expressions in English?
• What do you do to remember names, phone numbers, dates, etc.?
• Has the easy access to the internet on our smartphones changed the way we memorise information? How?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

23
THOSE WERE THE DAYS
Vocabulary
FAMILY

b. **Add picture of a d. **Add a picture of

**Add picture of c. **Add picture of 3
grandmother holding a 6 kids (brothers and
parents with one son teenagers (different age)
baby sisters)
a b c d

e f g h
e. **Add picture of a f. ** Add picture of a
g. **Add picture of a man h. **Add picture of a boy
mother playing with 2 brother and an older
holding two babies playing on the beach
toddlers sister

1. Look at the photos and discuss with your partner the family relationships between the people.
You should make at least two guesses for each photo.

They could be brother and sister Maybe she is the aunt

2. Match the sentences 1 – 8 with the photos A – H.

1. My family lived in Barcelona for many years until I was 15 years old, so I spent all my childhood there.
2. Susan decided to quit her job to raise her young children.
3. My brother is 2 years older than me and my sister is 1 year younger. I’m the middle child.
4. My parents decided not to have any more children, so I’m an only child.
5. My sister has one daughter and my brother has one son, so I’ve got a niece and a nephew. They are the same age.
6. I was born one year after my sister Monica, so I’ve got an older sister.
7. I’ve got 5 brothers and sisters who are all younger than I am. I’m the oldest child in the family.
8. My daughter has just had a baby and I’ve become a grandmother, so there are now three generations in
our family.
3. Use the words in bold in exercise 2 to tell your partner about your family.

I’m not an only child – I have 1 My niece and nephew live in a

brother and 2 sisters different state

FRIENDS AND RELATIONSHIPS

4. Write the names of three people you know very well and show them to your partner. Make questions about
them. Use some of the language in the box to help you talk about your friends.

Useful language
a) How long have you known this person?
- We grew up together
b) When did you meet? - We met at school
c) How often do you see each other? - We met at university / work
d) What do you normally do together? - We have a friend in common
- We met at a party
- It’s a long story!

24
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
5. Choose the correct answers.
a) I’ve got many friends who come from the same background / personality as me.
b) I feel uncomfortable when relationships / strangers start talking to me.
c) One advantage of living overseas is that you keep in touch / get to know people from different countries.
d) Some of my relatives / strangers live in other cities.
e) I don’t have a good friendship / relationship with my housemates. I want to move out.
f) I usually like people who have the same sense of humour / relationship as me.
g) My friends and I like cooking but that’s the only thing we get on / have in common.
h) I live far from my family so I need emotional support / friendship from my friends.
i) I usually get on with / get to know people who like having fun.
j) My longest relative / friendship started when I was in high school.
k) I try my best to keep in touch / get on with my friends who live far away.
l) My best friend and I share the same support / interests that’s why we like each other.

6. Discuss with your partner which of the sentences in exercise 5 are true for you.

7. Work with your partner.

Student A: Choose one photo and describe it in detail to your partner. You have 1 minute.
What are the people doing and how do you think they are feeling?
Student B: Now it’s your turn. Describe the second photo in detail to your partner. You have 1 minute.
Why do you think the people have decided to do this activity?

SOCIAL ACTIVITIES
8. Match the verbs in A to the words / phrases in B.
chat for a walk / run
A have to people online B
go people over for dinner

do with friends
go some exercise
hang out clubbing

go sports
have on a road trip
play a barbecue

go shopping
have sailing
go a party

9. Look at the collocations in exercise 8 again. Discuss with your partner:

a) Which of these activities do you enjoy doing with your friends? What are the best places do to them?
b) Who do you normally do certain activities with?

I usually have barbecues Oh really? I prefer to

with my friends. have barbecues with my family

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

25
 THOSE WERE THE DAYS
Listening

1. Discuss with your partner:

a) Have you met any twins? If yes, how well do you know them? Are they very similar or very different?
b) Do you think that having a twin brother/sister has more advantages or disadvantages? Why?

2. You will listen to two twins talking about their lives. Pay attention to the conversation and answer the
TRACK
2.1 questions.

Charlotte
1. What were the twins like when they were children?
2. What changed in their relationship when they were teenagers?
3. What’s their relationship like now?

Megan
1. What kind of sister was Charlotte?
2. What changed in their relationship when they were teenagers?
3. In what ways are they similar now?

3. Talk to your partner, do you think Megan and Charlotte like being twins? Why / Why not?

4. You are going to listen to the recording again, answer the questions writing C (Charlotte), M (Megan) and B
TRACK (both) after each sentence.
2.1
Who says…?
a) she can tell what the other twin is thinking ________
b) they used to swap clothes ________
c) they looked very similar when they were children _________
d) they didn’t use to argue very much ________
e) they wanted to be different from each other when they were teenagers ________
f) they get in touch frequently now ________

5. Discuss the questions with your partner,

a) Do you have any brothers or sisters? Is your relationship similar to the relationship between Megan and Charlotte?
b) Would you like to have a twin? Why / Why not?

26
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
6. You are now going to listen to two friends, Sarah and Josh, talking about their friendships.
TRACK Which diagram represents each person’s friendship group?
2.2

1 ____________________________________________ 2 ____________________________________________

Close Friends Facebook

Friends from school

Close friends

Evening Class

Work
Work
Football met on holiday

7. Working in pairs, look at the verbs/verb phrases and decide if they have positive (P) or negative (N) meaning.
a) to get on (well) (with someone) ______
b) to meet up (with someone) ______
c) to have a lot in common (with someone) ______
d) to fall out (with someone) ______
e) to help (someone) out ______
f) to trust (someone) ______
g) to get/keep in touch (with someone) ______
h) to make friends (with someone) ______
i) to have an argument (with someone) ______

Listen again and check your answers.

8. Draw a similar diagram representing your friendship groups. Show it to your partner and explain who the
people are and what you usually enjoy doing with them. Use the expressions in exercise 7 as much as possible.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

27
 THOSE WERE THE DAYS
GRAMMAR POINT 1 : PAST SIMPLE VS. PAST CONTINUOUS
1. Work with your partner and check how good your memory is by answering the questions in the quiz below as
quickly as possible. Give some details about your answer.

I remember my grandmother, I was having lunch at the school

and she died when I was 2 years old. cafeteria when I met my best friend.

LET’S REMEMBER THE PAST

1. How did you meet your best friend, or your partner?

2. What was the first word you learnt in English?
3. What did you have for lunch yesterday?
4. What were you doing at 7pm last Sunday?
5. What was the name of your first English teacher and what does
he/she look like?
6. Can you remember something that happened to you before you
were 5 years old?
7. What were you wearing in your last English lesson?
8. What were you doing when you heard about an important piece
of world news?
(e.g. The death of a very famous person)

2. You are going to listen to five people talking about the quiz. Which question is each speaker talking about?
TRACK
2.3
SPEAKER 1 ______ SPEAKER 2 ______ SPEAKER 3 ______ SPEAKER 4 ______ SPEAKER 5 ______

3. Now try to remember what each speaker said and with your partner, complete the listening extracts below.
a) Last English lesson I was wearing jeans and a _________ shirt.
b) I was about ________ months old and I was walking with my parents – they were holding my hands. Suddenly, my
favourite ________ appeared at the door and I walked towards her.
c) At that time I was watching ____________ on TV.
d) She had very dark __________ and dark __________, and she always wore a lot of make-up.
e) While I was shopping in town, I saw the news on the TVs in a ___________ ____________. I went into the shop and
asked the _______________ what was happening. Everyone in the shop was talking about it.

Listen again and check.

4. With your partner:

a) Identify and underline eight Past Simple verbs in the sentences in exercise 3 and discuss: which verbs are regular
and which are irregular?
b) Circle seven examples of Past Continuous in the sentences in exercise 3 and discuss: what is the structure of
Present Continuous?

28
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
PAST SIMPLE
STRUCTURE

1. What is the structure of the Past Simple? Complete the table.

Positive

Negative

Question

2. Complete the table with the Past Simple form of each verb

do swim write run

> did > > >
see lose teach make
> > > >
buy think eat go
> > > >
put become choose fall
> > > >
feel hear pay sleep
> > > >
say leave read know
> > > >
sell fly break send
> > > >

FUNCTION

Function Example
1)
e.g. I went to Coogee beach last Sunday.

e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

2)
e.g. I lived in France for 10 years.
PAST
SIMPLE e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

3)
eg. They arrived at the beach, lay in the sun for 30 minutes and decided to swim.

e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

e.g. ______________________________________________________________________

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

29
THOSE WERE THE DAYS
3. Complete the gaps with the Past Simple form of the verbs in brackets. Check your answers with your partner.

Last summer we 1________ (have) a holiday in Queensland. We 2________ (drive) there from Melbourne, but our car
3
_________ (break) down on the motorway and we 4________ (spend) one night in Sydney. When we 5_________
(get) to the Gold Coast we 6___________ (not can) find a good hotel – they 7_________ (be) all full. We 8_________
(not know) what to do but in the end we 9__________ (find) a backpacker hostel and we 10____________ (stay) there
for the week. We 11__________ (see) the beach, 12________ (go) to amusement parks, and we even 13___________
(buy) a surf board. We 14_________ (want) to go to Sunshine Coast in the north but we 15___________ (not have)
much time and it 16_________ (be) very far away. The weather 17_________ (be) amazing, but it 18___________ (start)
raining the day we 19__________ (leave).

PAST CONTINUOUS
STRUCTURE
4. What is the structure of the Past Continuous? Complete the table

I/he/she/it
Positive
They/we/you

I/he/she/it
Negative
They/we/you

I/he/she/it
Question
They/we/you

FUNCTION

Function Example
1) eg. John was reading a book last night.
eg.
2) eg. While Mary was cooking dinner, the power went out
eg.
3) eg. I was cleaning the kitchen while my flatmate was playing video games.
PAST
SIMPLE eg.
4) eg. My little brother was always breaking my toys when we were young!
eg.
5) eg. It was a beautiful day, the sun was shining and the birds were singing.
The villagers were chatting, laughing and eating in the town square.
Suddenly a dragon appeared. It set fire to all the houses and stole the
sheep from the fields. The villagers ran for their lives.

Watch out!
We do not use STATE verbs in the Past Continuous tense.
e.g. – When I was a child, I had a lot of toys. NOT When I was a child, I was having a lot of toys.
- My Scottish friend was speaking too fast and I didn’t understand anything.
NOT
- My Scottish friend was speaking too fast and I wasn’t understanding anything.

30
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
5. Complete the sentences using the verbs in brackets in the Past Continuous tense.
a) She met her husband when she _____________ (work) in Korea.
b) They _________________ (not wait) for us anymore when we arrived.
c) ________ she ________________ (pay attention) while the teacher ______________ (explain) the exercise?
d) What _______ you _______ at 8.30 last night? (do)
e) I _____________ (not listen) when you gave the instructions because I _________ (look) at my phone.
f) My sister used to be an annoying little girl, she _________________ (always take) my things without asking.
g) It _______________ (rain) when I woke up this morning.

Now, with your partner, match each sentence with the functions from the table.

6. Here are some more people answering the questions from the “Let’s Remember the Past” Quiz. Choose
the correct verb tense (Past Simple or Past Continuous) and decide with your partner which question each
person is answering.

a) At exactly that time I sat / was sitting in a traffic jam! I drove / was driving to a big rugby match at Sydney
Olympic Park with my mate, but the traffic was terrible on the M4 and tragically we missed / were missing the
first half of the match.

b) When I was around 5 years old, my brother and I always watched / were always watching TV together on
a Sunday morning. One Sunday we went / were going downstairs and turned on / were turning on the TV,
but they didn’t show / weren’t showing all the usual cartoons we liked / were liking. Instead every channel
showed / was showing images of a building in New York City on fire, and all the presenters were very serious.
We didn’t understand / weren’t understanding what was happening.

c) I can remember when I was about 2 years old, I sat / was sitting at the kitchen table while my mum cooked /
was cooking dinner. I played / was playing with some toys then, suddenly, for no apparent reason, I fell / was
falling off my chair and hit / was hitting my head on the floor quite badly. My mum was / was being desperate
and she took / was taking me to hospital!

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

31
THOSE WERE THE DAYS
7. Read the story of how Susan’s grandparents met. Complete the text with the correct form of the verb
in brackets.

rney was hot and dry;

The weather during the jou
(be) an overheating
apparently there _________
10
how my
ntic stories I know is
One of the most roma one point, the train
___ (meet). They ____
2 _____ problem with the train. At
grandparents ______
1
a long time, but it
to Perth by train, and
it 11
_________ (stop) for quite
(travel) from Adelaide t be) a problem,
long journey, so after
a obviously ___________ (no
12
3
__________ (be) a very journey they
__ (start) talking. They
soon because somehow during the
while they ________ __________
4 14

that they _________

6 (have) a 13
___________ (fall) in love and
5
__________ (find) out the time they
of them _________ (be
7 ) from (decide) to get married. By
lot in common. Both they were engaged!
(study) to become jou
rnalists 15
____________ (reach) Perth,
Perth, both ________ (happen) a few weeks
8
holidays. The wedding __________
16
_ (return) home after
and both __________ still happily married
9
later, and amazingly they are
60 years later!

8. Discuss with your partner:

a) Have you or anyone you know met another person in an unusual situation? What happened?
b) Think about some special people in your life. How did you meet them?

9. Choose two of the events in the box and think about the questions below. Make notes.

What were you doing Your Australian Visa was granted

Where were you living/staying You received some good news
When it
What were your plan You received your exam results
happened
What were you thinking about Something important happened in your country
An important / interesting event in your life

Now tell your partner about the situations in your life. Try to use different verbs and Past Simple and
Continuous when necessary.

32
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
10. Work with your partner:

Student A: Think about the first time you tried a new activity, skill or sport. You partner will ask you questions, but you
cannot tell him/her what activity was.

Student B: Ask ten questions and try to find out what activity your partner has chosen.

Did you have any special

Where were you?
equipment?

Vocabulary

REMEMBER AND FORGET

In the previous unit, you learnt about the use of Gerunds and Infinitives. The verbs remember and forget can be
used when you talk about memories and they can be followed by both gerunds and infinitives, but with a difference in
meaning.

1. Read the sentences below

a) I remember to pay my rent every week.

b) I remember paying my rent last week.

c) John always forgets to call his friends on their birthday.

d) John will never forget travelling to Egypt when he was 13 years old.

Discuss with your partner: why do you think the infinitive is being used in sentences A and C, and the gerund
is being used in sentences B and D?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

33
THOSE WERE THE DAYS
2. Complete the table below with the rules:

-ing infinitive

REMEMBER

FORGET

3. Underline the correct form:

a) Did you remember to send / sending your brother a card? It was his birthday yesterday.
b) I’ll never forget to visit / visiting the Grand Canyon. It was the most beautiful landscape I’d ever seen.
c) Peter remembers to work / working a lot when he lived in Australia.
d) Please don’t forget to take / taking these clothes to the dry cleaner’s.
e) I remember to talk / talking to Mary last night. She asked me if I wanted to go out for dinner.
f) I’ll never forget to play / playing with my neighbours on the street. Kids nowadays only play video games!
g) I have to remember to tell / telling Susan about the appointment tomorrow.

4. Now work with your partner and create your own sentences using remember and forget with both gerunds
and infinitives.

Remember
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
Forget
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________________

5. Ask your partner the following questions. Use the verbs remember and forget in your answers followed by
both gerunds and infinitives.
a) What are some of the things you remember doing last week?
b) Is there a place you have visited that you will never forget? Where is it? What did you do there?
c) What are some of the things you need to remember to do this week?
d) Is there anything you always forget to do?

34
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
GRAMMAR POINT 2 : PAST HABITS - USED TO / WOULD
1. Read the texts below. What did the children dream of doing? Have they achieved their dreams?

FIRST DREAMS

W hen I was a child, I used to spend my afternoons imagining that I had my

own space ship. I would invite my neighbours and my cousins to play with
me. I used to be the captain and they were my crew, and we would go inside a
huge cardboard box and go through a countdown, take off into space, spend the
whole day exploring the moon, planets and stars, and get back home for dinner.
That’s how my fascination with the space started, and here I am now packing
my bags for my first trip to the international space station.

Nicholas Smith, rocket scientist

M y family and I used to live in Germany, and as I child, I would always

collect small insects that I found in the fields that surrounded my house.
I was so fascinated by these little creatures that I used to stay hours outside
trying to find unusual little bugs to play with. One day I found a beautiful
butterfly, but there was a problem: it couldn’t fly. I was very worried, so I put
it in a jar and looked after it. The next day, when I opened the jar, the butterfly
opened its wings and flew away. That was when I realised that animals needed
to be protected and what I wanted to do with my life.

Anna Davis, veterinarian.

2. Read the texts again and answer the questions with your partner:
a) Did Nicholas imagine he had a space ship once d) Did she find a butterfly once or many times?
or frequently? e) Do you think Nicholas and Anna still do these
b) Did he play with his neighbours and cousins once things, now that they are adults?
or many times?
c) Did Anna collect insects once or many times?

3. Look at the following sentences A – E, taken from the texts in exercise 1, and match them with the rules 1 – 3.
a) I would invite my neighbours and cousins to play with me. d) I would always collect small insects.
b) I used to be the captain and they were my crew. e) Once I found a beautiful butterfly.
c) My family and I used to live in Germany.

RULES

1. Past Simple: Use the past simple to talk about specific Examples:
events in the past.

2. Use used to or would to talk about a past habit. You Examples:

can also use the past simple. __________

3. Use used to to talk about a past state. You cannot use Examples:
would to talk about a past state. ______

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

35
 THOSE WERE THE DAYS
4. Read other texts about childhood dreams and complete the gaps using used to and would.
When both are possible, use would and when neither is possible, use past simple.
1
It’s every young boy’s dream to be a football player when he grows up. I _________ (love) watching football
2
matches on TV and in the stadium. I was so sure that was what I wanted to do that I _________ (practise)
3
different moves and dribbles every day. I __________ (buy) magazines and sticker albums that showed players
4 5
from many countries and my friends and I __________ (talk) about them all the time. I even _______ (convince)
my dad to enrol me in a football school, but I wasn’t a very successful player in the end.

6 7
My family _________ (live) in Bondi, just across the street from the beach, so as a child, I _______ (go)
8
swimming and surfing after school and at the weekends. I remember the first time I surfed, my father ________
(take) me. I was very young, and I had never been so far out in the ocean before. It was quite frightening, and
9
I think I actually __________ (not / surf) that much. But I remember that my dad was able to catch a very big
10
wave and that impressed me a lot. After that, every week I _________ (ask) dad if he could take me to the
beach, and usually he did.

5. Complete the sentences with used to, would or past simple so that they are true for you. Compare your
sentences with your partner and ask follow up questions to keep the conversation going.
a) Before I moved to Australia, I _________________________________________________________________________.
b) When I was a primary school student, I ________________________________________________________________.
c) I remember my first day at Greenwich, I _______________________________________________________________ .
d) Whenever I had an important exam at school, I _________________________________________________________ .
e) In my summer holidays, I ____________________________________________________________________________.
f) As a child, I _________________________________________________________________________________________.
g) In my family, on weekends, we________________________________________________________________________.

PRONUNCIATION - Watch Out!

Remember that used to and use to are normally linked and pronounced the same /juːstə/

6. Listen and repeat the sentences. Copy the linking and the sentence rhythm.
TRACK
2.4 1- I used to live in London. 4- They used to see each other a lot.
2- She didn’t use to wear glasses. 5- Didn’t you use to have a beard?
3- Where did you use to work before?

7. Now read the sentences to your partner using the correct linking and sentence rhythm. Listen and check.
TRACK
2.5 * I used to play football when I was a kid. * My father used to take me fishing.
* I used to practice every day. * I used to ski, but now I snowboard.
* We used to live in London. * We used to go to the cinema a lot.
* I didn’t use to like classical music.

Did you use to do any of the things mentioned in the exercise above? Talk to your partner.

Speaking

1. Work with your partner and talk about three of the following situations. Give as much information as
possible. How do you feel about these people and things now?

Is there…
- a singer or a kind of music you used to listen to a lot (but you don’t do anymore)
- a kind of food you didn’t use to like, but which you now do?
- an electronic device you would use a lot, but which is now out of date?
- a TV show you used to be addicted to? Why did you like it so much?
- a toy you would play with all the time? Do you still have it?
- a sport or game you used to play a lot, but which you’ve given up?
- a place you went once, but you really want to go again?

36
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
2. Work in pairs and discuss:
a) What dreams did you have when you were a child? Have you achieved them?
b) Did you have any hobbies or interests in the past which are related to your life now? What were they?
c) How have your ideas, habits, hobbies, opinions, etc. changed? (Think about things you liked/hated when you
were a child, TV shows or films you enjoyed etc.) Are there any things that you used to do, which you don’t do
now? Why did you stop doing them? Would you do them again?

As a child, I used to dream Really? Did you use to play an

about being a rock star… instrument?

Writing Short Stories

1. You are going to read a short story about something important that happened in a person’s life. The story
starts with:
“I’ll never forget this experience. It was dangerous, but I knew what I had to do.”
First, discuss with your partner:
• Based on the first line, think of 3 possible things that the person who wrote the story was about to do.
• How do you think each of these 3 stories might continue?

2. Here are 4 sentences from the story. Discuss with your partner the meaning of the words in bold and then
decide the order you expect to read the sentences in the text.
a) The sensation of floating in the air was amazing! c) It was possible to feel the wind rushing past me as I fell.
b) Eventually, Keith pulled the cord. d) We went very close to the edge and I looked down!

3. Now read the story and complete the blanks using the correct form (past simple or past continuous) of the
verbs in brackets. Check your answers with your partner.

I will never forget this experience. It was dangerous, but I knew what I had to do. I love challenges and I decided
to go skydiving with my friends in Wollongong, NSW. Because it 1_____ (be) my first time, I 2______ (have) an
instructor, Keith, helping me with everything.

When we 3_______ (be) on the plane, Keith 4_________ (connect) all the equipment and we 5______ (be) ready to go.
I went very close to the edge and I looked down. We were just about to jump when it suddenly hit me. I was really
going to do it! My friends and family hadn’t believed me when I 6_________ (say) I would do it, but there I was.

I 7_______ (look) down again and I 8________ (realise) it was a very long way to the ground! The other people on the
plane 9_________ (seem) so relaxed, but my heart 10________ (beat) like crazy. Just as I 11________ (consider) the idea
of giving up, Keith’s voice behind me 12_________ (scream) ‘Go, Go, Go!’ – so we jumped.

In one second, the panic and all the fear just disappeared. I 13_________ (fly)! It was real! I felt the wind rushing past
me as I fell. Eventually, Keith pulled the cord and the parachute 14________ (open) – thankfully! The sensation of
floating in the air was amazing, and I could enjoy the incredible views. We 15_______ (land) safely and I was 100%
sure that this was something I wanted to do again.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

37
THOSE WERE THE DAYS
4. Discuss with your partner.
- Have you ever had an experience like the one in the story?
- Would you like to do something similar to what the writer did? Why? / Why not?
- Would you like to do any of these extreme activities? Have you done any of them before?

• go hang-gliding • explore caves

• go whitewater rafting • go mountain climbing
• do a bungee jump • hitchhike around the world

USEFUL LANGUAGE

just about to / just as

be just about to + infinitive – used to talk about something you were planning to do before something
else happened. This expression is often followed by when suddenly.

We were just about to jump when it suddenly hit me!

just as is used to emphasise that two actions happened at exactly the same time. It is normally used
with the past continuous after just as but the past simple is also possible.

just as I was considering the idea of giving up, Keith’s voice behind me screamed ‘Go! Go! Go!’

just as I turned the air conditioner on, I heard a bang and the lights went out.

5. Match the two parts of the sentences.

1. We were just about to kiss a) when he suddenly heard a noise coming from the kitchen.
2. Just as we were all sitting down to have lunch, b) three men holding guns ran in.
3. I was just about to give up c) when I suddenly found the solution for the problem.
4. Just as I was walking out of the shop, d) someone knocked on the door.
5. He was just about to go back to bed, e) when my ex-girlfriend suddenly arrived at the party.
6. Just as the band started the concert, f) some girls next to me started screaming like crazy!

6. Rewrite the sentences linking the ideas with the words in brackets. You can make other changes if you think
it is necessary.

a) We were walking towards the beach. A police car suddenly drove past and stopped in front of us. (just as)
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
b) I was going to bed. Then the phone rang. (just about to)
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) We were starting to think that our weekend at the beach was going to be terrible. At that moment, the rain
stopped and the sun came out. (just as)
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) We decided to go to a different restaurant. Then the waiter gave us a table. (just about to)
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) I was planning to give up waiting and go home. Then he arrived at the restaurant. (just about to)
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

38
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 02
Practice

In your English class, you have discussed about memorable experiences and now your English teacher has asked you to
write a short story about something you will never forget.

Write between 100 – 150 words and make sure you use the verb tenses, vocabulary and linking expression you have
studied in this unit.

7. Think about a memorable experience you had in the past. Use the questions below to make notes and
ask your teacher for any words / phrases you need.
a) What kind of event was it and why do you still remember it?
b) What was the background to the event?
c) What were the main things that happened?
d) How did it end?

Use the table to organise your ideas into different paragraphs:

Paragraph 1
Introduce the story and give
background information.

Paragraph 2
Write the main events in order,
explaining what happened.

Paragraph 3
Explain how it ended and your
feelings about the events.

> Compare your notes with your partner and discuss

• do you have similar ideas?
• what words and expressions can you use to make your stories more exciting?
• do the events follow a logic order?

8. Write your story.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

39
THE CHANGING
WORLD

03
UNIT

USAIN ST LEO BOLT BORN 21 AUGUST 1986) IS A RETIRED JAMAICAN SPRINTER AND WORLD
RECORD HOLDER IN THE 100 METRES, 200 METRES AND 4 × 100 METRES RELAY. HIS REIGN AS
OLYMPIC GAMES CHAMPION IN ALL OF THESE EVENTS SPANS THREE OLYMPICS. DUE TO HIS
ACHIEVEMENTS AND DOMINANCE IN SPRINT COMPETITION, HE IS WIDELY CONSIDERED TO BE
THE GREATEST SPRINTER OF ALL TIME
40
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 03
IN THIS UNIT...
Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing
Travel & Destinations Past Simple & Present Perfect Present Perfect Informal e-mail
Simple Continuous & Present
Perfect Simple

Speaking
1. Work with your partner(s). Which of these things are most important in a holiday destination?
Rank them 1 to 5 in order of most important to least important.
- Sunshine and beaches
- Nightlife and shopping - Nature (e.g. mountains, forests, waterfalls)
- Art and culture (e.g. festivals, palaces) - Historical sites and ancient ruins

2. Look at the words in the box. Where do you usually find these sights and features?

a market / a temple / a hill / a shopping centre / docks / farmland / a factory

ancient ruins / a bay / a beach / a canal / a bridge / a cathedral / a cliff / a (rain)forest
a monument / a village / mountains / a palace / a view / a harbour / a festival / a lake
an island / a mosque / a skyscraper / a waterfall / a museum

3
Put them into the following categories:

the countryside the coast the city

3. Match these world-famous places to words from Exercise 2.

The Amazon Rainforest
a) The Canary ___________________________________ f) _________________________________________ Ontario
b) The Blue ______________________________________ g) Iguazu __________________________________________
c) Buckingham __________________________________ h) The Hermitage ___________________________________
d) Sydney _______________________________________ i) The Cannes film ___________________________________
e) The Suez _____________________________________ j) Bondi ___________________________________________

4. Work in groups. Choose 3 of the places from Exercise 3 that you would most like to visit. Explain why you
want to go there and try to get everyone to agree to go to one place.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

41
THE CHANGING WORLD
Reading
1. Work with a partner:
a) What does the term globalisation mean to you? Give examples.
b) Look at the picture, the title and heading of the article. How does this illustrate globalisation?

2. Read the first two paragraphs of the text. Compare your definition of globalisation with the information in
the text.

A WORLD TOGETHER
PEOPLE, IDEAS AND PRODUCTS MOVE…..AND CULTURES CHANGE.

When I begin looking for these moments, I realise they are everywhere.
One day, I’m having lunch in a café in Manchester drinking a cup of
Italian coffee served by an Egyptian waiter, listening to American
pop music playing in the background. The next day I’m sitting in a
05 restaurant in New Delhi having Lebanese food with a vintage poster
for a blues band in New Orleans.

These are my ‘globalisation’ moments. We are in the middle of a

transformation of business, politics and entertainment – a worldwide
change of cultures. Popular culture is now crossing borders in ways
10 we have never experienced before. Our world is shrinking, according
to many people. The classic American blonde Barbie doll is now
available in 30 different nationalities including Moroccan and Austrian.
In the last few years, many flamenco dance schools have opened in
Japan and dozens of Spanish flamenco dancers have performed there.
15 It’s a growing market. In Denmark, pasta imports have increased
dramatically as people have a new interest in Italian food.

People have many different opinions about globalisation. It depends on where they live and how rich they
are. But according to one report, globalisation ‘is a reality, not a choice’. Humans have always tried to develop
connections but nowadays mobile phones, social media, the internet, and cheaper transport have complicated
20 and developed these commercial and cultural connections. However, the basic idea is the same. People move,
ideas move and cultures change. The speed and extent of these changes is the difference now. The internet had
50 million users after only 5 years. It took 13 years for TV to have that many users. Nowadays more than one-
fifth of people in the world speak some English and critics say globalisation has made us one big ‘McWorld’.

But I have found that cultures are very unpredictable, resilient, and resourceful, just like the people they are
25 composed of. In Shanghai the famous children’s TV show Sesame Street has been redesigned to teach Chinese
values and traditions. One educator told me, ‘We’ve taken an American box and filled it with Chinese content’.
In Los Angeles at Hollywood High School the student body represents 32 different languages. In India, where
there are more than 400 languages and several strict religions, McDonalds serves mutton instead of beef and
offers a vegetarian menu acceptable to even the most orthodox Hindus.

30 So what does the future hold? Every country in the world has had access to television for years and internet
access has been spreading fast. The outside world has been appearing in stores and living rooms everywhere.
What will happen next, when even the most isolated and conservative culture is exposed to social media and
pop culture?

3. Read the rest of the article. Which paragraph talks 4. What examples of globalisation are mentioned in
about: the article for these things?
a) Globalisation in the future? a) food d) the English language
b) American products in other countries? b) dolls e) American TV shows
c) The speed of the process of globalisation? c) dance

42
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 03
5. Which of these statements do you think agrees with the article? Discuss with your partner(s).
a) It’s difficult to find examples of globalisation in daily life.
b) Nowadays the speed of globalisation is new but globalisation is not a new phenomenon.
c) Some people think globalisation is a negative phenomenon.
d) The writer thinks world cultures cannot resist Western influences.

6. Which statement summarises the writer’s opinion best? Discuss with your partner(s).
a) Globalisation is a positive thing.
b) Globalisation is a negative thing.
c) Globalisation has good and bad effects.

7. Work with your partner(s). What do you think? Is globalisation a good or bad thing? Why?

Listening
1. Work with your partner(s). Have you ever visited London? Would you like to visit London? Name 3 famous
tourist attractions in London.

2. Carla is visiting London for the first time and she is asking her friend Tom for advice.
TRACK
3.1
Listen to the first part of their conversation. Choose the best summary.
Carla wants to know…
a) the most popular tourist attractions.
b) the places that locals usually go to.
c) the cheapest places to go shopping and eat out.

3. Listen to the next part of their conversation. Match the places Tom recommends with the ideas in the box.
TRACK
3.2 1. the South Bank 3. Richmond Park
2. Brick Lane Market 4. The Sherlock Holmes Museum

views of famous buildings / ethnic food / theatres and concert halls / the 19th century
free exhibitions / street entertainers / deer / vintage stuff / picnics
a lively atmosphere / individually designed clothes / nightlife

4. Discuss with your partner(s).

• Which of the places that Tom mentions would you most/least like to visit? Why?
• If you could only visit one, which would you choose?

SPEAKING – EXTRA!
a) Work with your partner(s). Plan a day trip around your city or the city where you are studying now.
Which places are most important to visit and see? Why? You must recommend 5 things to do or see.

b) Present your day trip plan to the group.

c) Which day trip plan is the most interesting? Why?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

43
THE CHANGING WORLD
GRAMMAR POINT 1 : PAST SIMPLE & PRESENT PERFECT
1. Work with your partner(s). Look at the photo and the title of the article.
What do you think the article is about?

2. Read the profile of Mike Fay. Which paragraphs answer these questions?
a) Has he had any dangerous experiences?
b) What has he done?
c) What does he usually take with him?
d) Who is he?
e) Why does he do it?

WALKING FOR WILDLIFE

NATIONAL GEOGRAPHIC PROFILE – MIKE FAY

Photo: www.nationalgeographic.com

1.
He’s an American man in his sixties who has lived in Africa for over six years and works as a biologist with the
World Conservation Society (WCS).

Fay has worked on many large conservation projects in central Africa and The USA. He’s counted the total
2.
number of elephants in the African country Chad. He’s also walked almost 3,000 kilometres across North
America. He spends most of his time outdoors so he hasn’t slept in a bed more than a few times in the last ten
years!

On one trip in Africa he met an angry elephant that attacked him. Amazingly he didn’t have life threatening
3.
injuries. And a few years ago, he survived a serious plane crash! Just as dangerous, he has had malaria many
times in Africa and he nearly died on one occasion.

He always travels light. He usually takes a shirt, his favourite shorts and sandals, his most comfortable pair of
4.
footwear. One pair of sandals lasted him 2,000 kilometres before he had to throw them away! He never travels
without his sleeping mat, his penknife and his lighter.

Fay wants to show everyone how precious and beautiful our planet is and he wants us to take care of it. And
he is very successful because his work has focused attention on environmental and conversation issues and
5. people have acted. The number of elephant deaths reduced dramatically after he started work on an elephant
project in Chad. Furthermore, the government in Gabon has created thirteen national parks over 25,000 square
kilometres of forest.

3. Test your memory. Are these sentences true (T) or false (F)?
a) He’s done conservation work in America but not in Africa.
b) He’s slept in many different beds in the last ten years.
c) An elephant nearly killed him once.
d) He wore his last pair of sandals for 2,000 kilometres.
e) He has succeeded in his aims with his work.

Read the text again and check.

44
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 03
4. Work with your partner(s). Compare Fay’s style of travelling to yours. What things appeal or don’t appeal to
you? Discuss.

5. Underline the Present Perfect verbs and circle the Past Simple verbs in the text. Then, discuss:
a) Why is the Present Perfect or Past Simple used in the text?
b) Why do some verbs have different Past Simple and Past Participle forms?

PRESENT PERFECT SIMPLE

STRUCTURE

Positive I/you/we/they __________________________ / He/she/it ___________________________

Negative I/you/we/they __________________________ / He/she/it ___________________________

Q form ____________ I/you/we/they ______________? _____________ he/she/it _____________?

FUNCTIONS

We use the Present Perfect when a past action is connected to the present in some way.

a) _________________________________________________

e.g. I have never seen a whale. / Have you ever been to London?

b) _________________________________________________

e.g. He has lived in Melbourne since 2012. / I have worked at Greenwich for 8 months.

c) _________________________________________________
e.g. Have you finished yet? / I’ve already eaten lunch.

We never use the present perfect with ‘when’.

We use the Past Simple for completed actions or permanent situations in the past when we say
specifically when it happened.

6. Complete the additional information about Mike Fay.

As well as walking, Mike and his team 1 ________________________ (also / fly) over large areas of Africa. In addition to his
work in Africa, Fay 2 ________________________ (do) a lot of work in The USA. He 3 ________________________ (once / spend)
almost a year walking the west coast, studying giant redwood trees. He 4 ________________________ (not / have) access
to electricity for most of that journey so he 5 ________________________ (take) notes in many notebooks. He thinks he
6
________________________ (use) hundreds of notebooks over the years.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

45
THE CHANGING WORLD
7. Choose the correct verb form for the rules below.

a) If an action happened in the past as part of our experience, but we don’t say exactly when,
we use the Past Simple / Present Perfect.
b) If an action or state started in the past but continues into the present,
we use the Past Simple / Present Perfect.
c) If we want to show that a past action has some result or influence in the present,
we use the Past Simple / Present Perfect.
d) If we talk about an action or permanent state in the past and we say when, or it is clear from the context,
we use the Past Simple / Present Perfect.

8. Which of the following time phrases only go with the Past Simple?

when he was young / 20 minutes ago / in 2012 / since 2000 / so far

when? / in the last 5 years / yesterday / last weekend / for a long time

9. Choose the correct verb form in the following sentences.

a) Since 1995, the Colombian singer Shakira raised / has raised millions of dollars for charity. She also founded / has
also founded schools for children all over the country.
b) Barack Obama wrote / has written several books. He published / has published a book for his two daughters in
2007.
c) Kate Middleton trained / has trained to row across the English Channel in a team with other women before she
was / has been engaged to Prince William.
d) Brad Pitt was / has been interested in architecture since he was a child and he designed / has designed a house
and an office building.
e) During his life Winston Churchill wrote / has written several books and painted / has painted hundreds of pictures.
He won / has won the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1953.

10. Think about your own life:

a) Write 3 sentences about your life experiences and 3 questions to ask your partner(s) about their experiences.
You might use ‘never’ or ‘ever’.
b) Write 3 sentences about the unfinished past and 3 questions to ask your partner(s). You might use ‘for’, ‘since’,
or ‘how long?’
c) Write 3 sentences about an action or event in the past that has a result or influence now and 3 questions to ask
your partner(s). You might use ‘already’, ‘just’, or ‘yet’.

Now, work with your partner and ask and answer the questions you have made.

46
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 03
GRAMMAR POINT 2 : PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
1. Work with your partner(s). Discuss the following questions.
- What is a good holiday? List five important things that make a good holiday.
- Which types of holidays are most popular in your country?

A GOOD HOLIDAY

In the past the traditional British holiday was a week at the seaside, whether in the UK or somewhere with
warmer weather like Spain. But recently, tourists have been looking for a different type of holiday experience.
Maybe because of wildlife documentaries on TV, people have been flocking to places like Africa for safaris and
camping holidays. Interest in Asia, particularly China, has been growing too. Since the summer Olympic Games
in Beijing in 2008, over half a million British people have taken cultural tours in China. Travel agents have been
promoting traditional package holidays with a difference to attract more people. One company has filled all
the places on its spa holidays in Portugal but they have sold only half of their luxury holidays in Tunisia. One of
the most obvious changes is that older British people have been travelling much more than before. The number
of holidaymakers over 60 years of age has doubled in the past four years and cruises to the Caribbean have
become very popular.

2. Read the text about British holidaymakers. Complete the table with the types of holidays for each place.

POPULAR HOLIDAY DESTINATIONS AND HOLIDAY TYPES

UK self-catering, seaside holidays

USA independent travellers

Africa _________________ , _________________

Portugal package holidays

Caribbean _________________

Australia backpackers

China _________________

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

47
THE CHANGING WORLD

3. Look at this example from the text.

But recently, tourists have been looking for a different type of holiday experience.

What tense is the verb in bold?

Underline other examples of this tense in the text.

PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

STRUCTURE

Positive I/you/we/they ___________________ / He/she/it ___________________

Negative I/you/we/they ___________________ / He/she/it ___________________

Q form _____________ I/you/we/they ______________? ______________ he/she/it ______________?

FUNCTIONS

The Present Perfect Continuous has similar functions to the Present Perfect Simple

a) _________________________________________________

e.g. Maria has been living in Sydney for 10 years. / They have been working at Greenwich for 4 weeks

b) _________________________________________________

e.g. Has Tom been drinking wine? / We’ve been playing soccer.

We use the Present Perfect Continuous…

… to emphasize the action or duration of the action.
… to emphasize that a situation is temporary rather than permanent.

NB The Present Perfect Simple emphasizes the RESULT of an action

4. Work with your partner(s). Look at sentences a - e. What tenses are used in each sentence? Why?
a) We’ve been staying at the resort for 4 days.
b) I’ve seen many nice places in my life.
c) She has been lying on the beach all day.
d) Look at your eyes! Have you been crying?
e) They are exhausted because they’ve been waiting at the airport for ages!

5. Discuss the following questions. [There may be more than one answer].
a) Which sentences represent life experience before now?
b) Which sentences represent unfinished past up to now?
c) Which sentences represent something from the past with a result or influence now?
d) Which sentences focus on duration?
e) Which sentences focus on the action or activity?
f) Which sentences represent a temporary situation?

48
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 03
6. Complete the sentences with the verbs in the Present Perfect or Present Perfect continuous.
a) I’m so angry. I ___________ for hours and I ___________ lunch yet! (wait, not eat)
b) Tom ___________ in The Beach Hotel for a few days and he ____________ nice people. (stay, meet)
c) Where ___________ you ___________? The baby ____________ since you left. (be, cry)
d) She ___________ chocolate and her face is dirty. She ___________ to eat yet. (eat, not learn)
e) I ___________ never ___________ a panda. I ___________ to see one for years. (see, try)
f) ___________ you ___________ my watch? I ____________ all over the house. (see, look)

7. Complete the text using the most suitable tense - Past Simple, Present Perfect, or Present Perfect Continuous.

Hana 1 __________________ (learn) to swim for quite a long time. She 2 _____________________ (take)
part in a race in May last year, but unfortunately she 3 _______________________ (not win), so her Dad
4
________________ (give) her lessons recently. Hana’s brother, Michael, 5 _____________________ (study)
education for 3 years because he wants to be a teacher when he graduates . He 6 _____________________
(not fail) any of his exams last year. Hana’s mother 7 ______________________ (work) as a doctor for 20 years.
Last year she 8 __________________________ (get) a promotion so she 9 __________________ (work) very hard
since then. Hana’s father 10 _________________ (work) in the same company for 25 years but 3 years ago he
11
_______________________________ (retire). He 12 ________________________ (be) busy since then. Last year he
13
__________________ (buy) an old classic car and 14 ____________________ (try) to fix it up for a few months.

8. Think about your own life.

a) Think of three ideas for each of the categories below.

Life
E.g. “I’ve travelled around Europe
experience
but I’ve never seen The Eiffel Tower.”
up to now

Unfinished
E.g. “I’ve been studying English for 10 years past up
but I’ve only known you for 3 weeks.” to now

Past with
E.g. “I’m tired and hungry because
influence
I’ve been working hard and I haven’t had breakfast yet”.
now

b) Work with your partner(s). Discuss your ideas. Give as much information as you can.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

49
THE CHANGING WORLD
Writing
1. Look at the pictures. Do people usually send postcards when they take holidays nowadays?
Why (not)?

2. Read the short e-mail message from

Paul and answer the questions.
a) Where has Paul come from and where is
he now?
b) Who do you think the e-mail is to?
c) What does Paul say about the people
and the places?
d) What has Paul been doing?

3. Read the email again. Which of these

features of informal writing does Paul use?
• abbreviations
• comments in brackets
• contractions
• informal expressions
• omitting words
• exclamation marks
• listing

50
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 03
4. Look at this example sentence from the e-mail message:

Finally made it to Melbourne after 14-hour delay in Singapore!!!

• What two words have been omitted?

• Find other places in the e-mail where Paul has omitted words.

5. Rewrite these sentences. Omit words where possible to make the sentences more informal.
a) The weather has been bad and it has been very cold sometimes.
b) I haven’t heard anything from
Maria yet.
c) I’ve been visiting all the usual places. It’s exhausting!
d) I took some photos with kangaroos. They’re so cool!
e) I’m taking a flight to Perth because driving is too slow.
f) The teachers here are very friendly and they have taught me a lot.

6. Write your email. To prepare:

a) Make some notes about your life in Australia.
You can use the ideas in Paul’s e-mail as a
guide. Decide who to write an e-mail to.

b) Use some of the features of informal style

from Exercise 3 and omit words where
appropriate.

7. Swap your e-mail with another student. Read the e-mail you have received.
• Are the ideas clear?
• Is there anything you don’t understand?
• Is the e-mail in an informal style? How?

8. Tell the class about the email you have recently received from a friend or family member.
“I got an e-mail from my cousin Pedro. He’s in Tokyo…..”

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

51
 THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
THE FUTURE
IS YOURS!

04
UNIT

MICHAEL FRED PHELPS II (BORN JUNE 30, 1985) IS AN AMERICAN RETIRED COMPETITIVE SWIMMER
AND THE MOST SUCCESSFUL AND MOST DECORATED OLYMPIAN OF ALL TIME, WITH A TOTAL
OF 28 MEDALS. PHELPS ALSO HOLDS THE ALL-TIME RECORDS FOR OLYMPIC GOLD MEDALS (23),
52 MEDALS IN INDIVIDUAL EVENTS, AND OLYMPIC MEDALS IN INDIVIDUAL EVENTS.
OLYMPIC GOLD
52
HE WON EIGHT GOLD MEDALS AT THE 2008 BEIJING GAMES.
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
IN THIS UNIT...
Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing
Personality Comparative and Superlative Future forms A cover letter
adjectives and jobs adjectives, different ways of
comparing

Reading

1. Look at the four pictures of famous people below.

Albert Einstein Mahatma Gandhi Mark Zuckerberg J.K Rowling

4
a) What do you know about them?
b) Do you think they were/are introverts or extroverts?

2. Read the article then answer the questions

a) What personal qualities do introverts and extroverts have? Can you add any more?
b) What is the “Extrovert Ideal”?
c) Why do introverts and extroverts need each other?

WHY WE NEED INTROVERTS

“It’s good to be sociable! It’s good to be confident! It’s good to be loud!” In her book Quiet, Susan Cain shows how
strongly our society believes this idea. We live with a value system that Cain calls the ‘Extrovert Ideal.’ This means that
the qualities of extroverts such as being lively and talkative, as well as being able to make quick decisions and work
well in a group, are valued more highly than the shy, serious and sensitive qualities of introverts. In her book, Cain
talks about how our society teaches us from a young age that being an extrovert is better – children are taught to work
in groups at school and we are told to work in teams in offices. Employers want workers who are good at talking and
expressing themselves.

But why do we ignore introverts when they can offer the workplace so much? Introverts talk less, it’s true, but some of
the world’s greatest ideas, inventions and art have been created by introverts. The famous artist and inventor Vincent
Van Gogh was an introvert, as well as Mahatma Gandhi and the physicist Albert Einstein.

JK Rowling is an example of a famous, modern introvert. While she is one of the greatest children’s fiction authors, she
still has trouble talking to strangers. Rowling was sitting on a train when she suddenly had the idea for the Harry Potter
books, but she was too shy to ask anyone for a pen to write it down! Mark Zuckerberg has also been described as an
introvert who doesn’t like speaking in public but through his creativity, he created the incredibly successful website,
Facebook.

But this doesn’t mean that being an introvert is better than being an extrovert, or vice versa. While introverts can be
very creative and have great ideas, sometimes they struggle with communicating those ideas. This is why extroverts
and introverts can work well together. Composers need singers. Designers need marketers. In summary, extroverts and
introverts need each other.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

53
THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
3. Discuss these questions with a partner
a) Do you think you are an introvert or an extrovert?
b) Is it better in your culture to be an introvert or extrovert?
c) Do you prefer working alone or in a group?
d) Are there some jobs that are more suited to introverts? Which ones?

Vocabulary Personality Adjectives

1. Use the words in bold from the article to complete the definitions below
a) ___________ people don’t like talking in front of many people
b) ___________ people are often thoughtful and make less jokes than others
c) ___________ people talk a lot
d) ___________ people enjoy going out and meeting people
e) ___________ people have strong emotions and feel things deeply
f) ___________ people believe strongly in their abilities
g) ___________ people like action and are very enthusiastic

2. Find a partner and discuss these questions.

a) Are you a talkative person? Who is the most talkative person in your family?
b) Describe a time when you had to speak in front of a group. Did you feel confident?
c) In what situations do you feel shy?
d) How creative are you?

3. Look at the personality adjectives below. Decide if they are positive (+) or negative (-) adjectives.

creative dedicated ruthless obsessive

organised determined self-confident inspiring

hard-working egotistical courageous original

4. Speak with a partner and decide which adjectives best match these jobs.
a) a teacher
b) a president
c) a nurse
d) a company director
e) a successful sports person

5. Make one sentence for every adjective to demonstrate the meaning. You can write about famous people or
people you know.
e.g. Lord Voldemort is so ruthless! He tried to kill Harry Potter when he was a baby!
e.g. Mark Zuckerberg is such an inspiring person. He created a successful company before he was 30 years old!

6. Complete these sentences then share with a partner

a) I think a best friend should be…
b) I wish I was more…
c) I don’t like it when people are…
d) I admire people who are…

54
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
Speaking
1. Look at the pictures and discuss with a partner.

a) Name the jobs shown

b) What activities do these people do every day in their jobs?
c) Would you like to do these jobs? Why? Why not?

2. Look at the words below. Which ones do you look for in a job? Discuss with a partner.
e.g. I’d like a job that’s challenging and that requires me to be physically fit. I don’t want to sit in an office all day!

special training/
physically fit job security communication skills qualifications

well-paid challenging stressful opportunities to travel

responsibility competitive creativity organisational skills

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

55
 THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
Listening
3. Listen to the recording and answer the following questions.
TRACK
4.1 a) What area does Barry work in?
b) Is Barry happy about his job?
c) What are some problems that he has?

4. Listen again and write (T) True or (F) False next to the sentences.
a) Barry has always woken up at 6 o’clock .
b) The weather is usually not pleasant when he goes to work.
c) His job is very varied.
d) Barry’s customers are generally happy on the phone.
e) He gets lunch for free every day.
f) Barry doesn’t often go out in the evening.

5. Discuss these questions with a partner

a) What job would you dislike doing?
b) What do you think is the perfect job?
c) What jobs are highly paid in your country?
d) What jobs are low paid in your country?

GRAMMAR POINT 1: COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

How much do you know about the 7 billion people in the world? Do the quiz and find out!

What on Earth?!
Match these nationalities to the questions below. Check your answers
with your teacher.

Mexico China Japan Singapore Denmark Monaco Switzerland

1. Who are the happiest people in the world?

2. Who are higher paid than other countries?
3. Who work the longest hours?
4. Which country is the most populated?
5. Which country has one of the highest rates of educated people?
6. Which country has the fewest number of children per family?
7. Which country has one of the lowest crime rates in the world?

56
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
SUPERLATIVE PHRASES
1. Fill in the gaps in these superlative phrases.
a) The Danes are the happiest people ________ the world.
b) It’s ________ far the most populated country in the world.
c) They are one ________ the hardest-working nationalities in the world.
d) German families have the ________ children.
e) Japan has the ________ crime in the world.

COMPARATIVES AND SUPERLATIVES

Adjective Comparative Superlative

small e.g. smaller than e.g. the smallest

1 syllable adjectives light _______________________ _______________________
slow _______________________ _______________________

wet e.g. wetter than e.g. the wettest

CVC adjectives hot _______________________ _______________________
big _______________________ _______________________

lonely e.g. lonelier than e.g. the loneliest

adjectives that end in -y lively _______________________ _______________________
funny _______________________ _______________________
modern e.g. more modern than e.g. the most modern
adjectives with 2 or
expensive _______________________ _______________________
more syllables
interesting _______________________ _______________________
good _______________________ _______________________
bad _______________________ _______________________
Irregular adjectives
fun _______________________ _______________________
far _______________________ _______________________

2. Complete the gaps with an appropriate form of the word given. indent e.g and letters a-h below
e.g. New Zealand is smaller than Australia (small).

a) Service in Japan is ________________ in the world. (good)

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
b) The swimming pool is ________________ than the museum. (far)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) Thailand is ________________ for a holiday than Australia. (cheap)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) That was ________________ film I’ve ever watched! (boring)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) It’s usually ________________ in the north of Australia than in the south. (hot)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
f) Sydney is ________________ than Melbourne. (populated)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
g) That’s ________________ house I’ve ever seen. (tiny)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________
h) This is ________________ classroom in the school. (dirty)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________________

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

57
THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
BIG AND SMALL DIFFERENCES
3. Choose the correct letters so the sentence makes sense
a) The dog in picture A/B is slightly larger /a little bit larger than the dog in picture A/B.
b) The cat in picture C/D is a lot larger /much larger than the cat in picture C/D.

A B C D

4. Use the words in the box to complete the sentences. Only use each word once.

much slightly the more lot

second in little most

a) China is a ________ bigger than New Zealand

b) According to a study, Koreans are the ________ hardest-working people in the world.
c) Hopefully tomorrow the temperature will be a ________ bit cooler than today.
d) What is your favourite place to visit ________ the world?
e) I completely renovated my apartment and now it’s ________ more modern than before.
f) Last week we had one of ________ most difficult tests we have ever done.
g) Apparently, Singapore is one of the ________ polluted countries in Asia.
h) If you want to save a bit of money, then going by bus is ________cheaper than by train.
i) The rent in Sydney is much ________ expensive than the rent in other Australian cities.

DIFFERENT WAYS OF COMPARING

5. Match the phrases for comparing from A to the phrases from B.

A B
different the same as (x2)
similar fewer than (x3)
worse less from
not as nice to

6. Put the phrases into the most logical order

completely different from similar to exactly the same as

different from about the same as

the same a) _________________________

b) the same as
c) very similar to /_________________________
d) _________________________
e) a bit different from
f) _________________________
different g) _________________________

58
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
7. Find and correct the incorrect word in each sentence.
a) There are far many people on the planet now than there were 50 years ago. ________
b) The food in Brazil is quite different as the food in Germany. ________
c) Carlos isn’t as tall than Alejandro. ________
d) People have a lot fewer time these days. ________
e) Japan has least crime than many other countries. ________
f) There are usually less cars on the road late at night than in the day. ________
g) Your t-shirt is completely the same as mine! ________
h) Your house is far from Greenwich than mine. ________
i) Bangkok has the worse traffic I have ever seen! ________
j) Brazil is the biggest country of South America. ________
k) Customs in England are similar as customs in America. ________
l) Technology today is completely different as technology 100 years ago. ________

8. Circle the correct answers

a) English grammar in England is completely different from / the same as English grammar in Australia.
b) The meaning of ‘depressed’ is about the same as / completely different from the meaning of ‘pleased’.
c) A hill is not as big as / as big as a mountain.
d) A ‘student’ is about the same as / completely different from a ‘pupil’.
e) An enormous lake is exactly the same as / similar to a huge lake.

Speaking

1. Use the pictures and the adjectives in the box, or any other adjectives,
to have a discussion with your partner about the differences between
your country and Australia.

e.g. Social activities in my country are much more interesting than in

Australia, but transport in my country is a lot less reliable than in Australia. Food

Weather Laws Cities

Cost of living Activities Transport

clean/dirty/polluted interesting/boring large/small modern/old-fashioned

hot/cold wet/dry reliable/unreliable cheap/expensive crowded/uncrowded
lively/not lively strict/easy-going tasty/delicious/spicy

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

59
THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
2. Use the pictures below to make comparisons between the famous people.

powerful/ruthless/kind

good/talented/handsome/famous

beautiful/talented/popular

3. Now talk about people you know and make comparisons about their personality.
It can be your friends, family or even classmates.

60
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
GRAMMAR POINT 2: FUTURE FORMS
Listening

1. Work in pairs and discuss the questions

a) Have you made any big decisions recently?
b) What are your plans for the next year?
c) Where do you think you’ll be this time next year?

2. Masha is going to Costa Rica to volunteer on an environmental project. Listen to her talking
TRACK
4.2 to a friend about it. What information does she already know about it?

3. Listen again and decide if the sentences are true or false.

a) The Costa Rican government is not helping to save the environment.
b) Rainforests recover quickly after being cut down.
c) Masha is going to be working in the rainforests.
d) She’s going to look after turtles.
e) She might be working with local people.
f) She is unsure if she will save some turtles.
g) Masha already speaks Spanish fluently.
h) Masha promises to send letters to her friend.

FUTURE FORMS REVISION

will + base verb

When do we use it? e.g. The sun will rise at 6 o’clock tomorrow.
• ________________________________________
e.g. I think I’ll forget the address if I don’t write it!
• _________________________________________

• e.g. I’ll send you the documents as soon as I can.

_________________________________________
• e.g. That looks heavy. I’ll help you!
_________________________________________

be going to + base verb

When do we use it? e.g. We are going to have a test on Friday.
• __________________________________________
e.g. I’m going to get married on the beach one day.
• ___________________________________________

• e.g. Look at that crazy driver! He’s going to crash!

___________________________________________
Present Continuous
When do we use it?
• e.g. I’m getting married on August 5.
_____________________________________________

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

61
THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
4. Match the following future verb forms (1-4) with their uses (a-d)
1. I’m going to work on a project that looks a) A promise, an offer for help or an instant
after turtles. decision.
2. I’m sure you’ll have a great time. b) An arrangement for the future.
3. Tomorrow I’m meeting someone who worked c) A future plan or intention.
on the project. d) A prediction for the future.
4. I’ll write regular updates on the blog.

5. Circle the correct answer.

1. A: This is heavy. B: I’ll help / I’m going to help you.

2. Tell me your secret! I am not going to / won’t tell anyone.
3. What time do you think you are finishing / will finish work tonight?
4. My sister will have / is going to have a baby soon!
5. There’s no milk left! I will / am going to buy some.
6. We are having / will have chicken for dinner. I’ve already heated it.
7. What will you wear / are you wearing to the party tonight?
8. I’m really sorry for breaking the glass, I am not going to do / won’t do it again.

6. Complete the conversation with the correct form of the verb. Sometimes more than one answer
is possible.

Yumi: Hi Alex!
Alex: Hi Yumi! How is your job search going?
Yumi: Hmmm…not too well actually. I’m worried I 1________________ (not find) anything!
Alex: Well, why don’t you do some more training? My sister just finished her RSA course and she
2
________________ (start) her new job in a cafe on Monday!
Yumi: Wow I’m sure she 3________________ (love) that! But I don’t think I want to work in
a café. Perhaps I 4________________ (look) online at some job websites. I’m free this
afternoon, so I 5________________(spend) time surfing the internet for jobs.
Alex: Great idea! I 6________________ (send) you some websites if you like!
Yumi: Thanks Alex! And how is your new job?
Alex: Fantastic! My colleague and I 7________________ (visit) Brisbane for work next week. We
8
________________ (stay) in a nice hotel while we go to a conference.
Yumi: Wow, I think you 9________________ (not want) to come back home! How long
10
________________ (stay)?
Alex: One week. I hope we 11________________ (have) time for some sightseeing! Oh no! I have
to go now because I 12________________ (meet) my colleague soon!

62
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
OTHER WAYS TO TALK ABOUT THE FUTURE

1. Read Masha’s blog about her trip to Costa Rica and circle the correct form. Then find examples of
the following uses.
a) an arrangement _________________________________
b) a prediction _________________________________
c) an intention _________________________________
d) a plan _________________________________
e) a promise _________________________________

18 september 2018 (in blog Post)

Saving Wildlife in Costa Rica!

by Masha
Hi everyone and welcome to my blog! Today I will While I’m there, I intend to enrol in a language
leave / am leaving for Costa Rica and I’m so excited! course. I’m learning / I’m going to learn Spanish
I’ll probably be / probably will be exhausted after because I’d like to communicate with the locals.
the flight but I can’t wait to discover my new home I’m hoping to make some Costa Rican friends. Who
for the next 6 months! knows, perhaps I am going to be / will be fluent
when I come back home! I’m also thinking of doing
Everything has been organised. I am going to work some salsa lessons!
/ will work on a turtle conservation project on the
East Coast. We are going to / will design a project to When I arrive I’ll definitely write / I’m writing in my
protect turtles in the area and encourage breeding blog as often as I can but I’ll probably be / I’m being
because they are an endangered species. We are also tired after the flight, so please give me a few days
planning to raise awareness in local schools about to recover! I’m planning to update it at least twice a
turtle protection. I’m meeting / I’ll meet the project week! Anyway, I have to go now because my plane is
manager at the airport and he’s going to take me about to leave!
on a tour. I’m due to arrive at 6 o’clock tomorrow
morning. Adios, amigos!

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

63
THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
2. Read the text again and see if you can find examples of these verbs to talk about the future.
a) hope: _______________________________ d) due to: _______________________________
b) plan: _______________________________ e) intend to: _______________________________
c) think: _______________________________ f) be about to: _______________________________

3. What do you think about Masha’s experience in Costa Rica? Discuss these questions with a partner.
a) Have you ever done any volunteering?
b) Are there any societies that you would like to volunteer with?
c)Would you like to work on the same project as Masha? Why/not?
d)What other endangered species do you know about?
e)What are some benefits of volunteering/unpaid work?

4. Use the prompts to make full sentences

e.g. Natalie / intend / do a course in business
Natalie intends to do a course in business.

a) Daniela / due / have a baby / August

________________________________________________________

b) My best friend / not intend / to find a new job

________________________________________________________

c) My brother / plan / buy a flat / this year

________________________________________________________

d) Allan / think of / go on holiday / soon

________________________________________________________

e) I / think / apply for a job in business

________________________________________________________

f) Loretta / hope / get a promotion / next month

________________________________________________________

g) Robert / about to / start his new job

________________________________________________________

5. Now think about your future. Look at the following topics and use future forms to discuss with
your partner.
e.g. I’m hoping to have two children in the future but first I’ll need to find a husband!
I’m planning to do a course in Spanish soon because I’m going to visit South America next year.

Travel Possessions Work Learn Something

new
Study Live in
Family another country

64
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
Writing Cover Letter

1. Work in pairs. Have you ever applied for a job in Australia or your country? What are some different
ways we can search for and apply for jobs?

2. Look at the advertisement below and underline the following information in the text.
a) Is it a full-time or part-time job?
b) Is it necessary to have experience as a tour guide?
c) Do you have to know Sydney well?
d) What are some necessary skills?

Would you like to do this job? Why/not?

TOUR GUIDES NEEDED

TOUR GUIDES NEEDED

Are you good at speaking? Do you enjoy
socialising? Are you physically fit?
If yes, then this might be the job for you!
G’day Australia Tours is seeking an enthusiastic tour
guide to join our team on a part-time basis!

Essential Criteria

• good communication skills

• experience working with people
• strong leadership skills
• knows Sydney well

Desired Criteria

• skills in a language other than English

• a qualification in tourism
• experience in being a tour guide
The ideal person should be available from 3pm-9pm
Friday-Sunday. If this sounds like you, then send your
CV and cover letter to Cristina Smith at
recruitment@gdayaustralia.com.au.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

65
THE FUTURE IS YOURS!
3. Work in pairs. Imagine that you are going to apply for the position above. Take turns to interview
each other, using the questions below (if you don’t have any experience, don’t worry! Use your
imagination!).
a) Why are you interested in this job?
b) What useful experience do you have?
c) Tell me about your strengths.
d) What are your weaknesses?
e) What skills do you have that would help you in this role?

4. Juan is a student from Colombia living in Sydney. Below is the cover letter he wrote for the tour
guide position. Put the sentences in order.
a) Secondly, I believe I am punctual and hard-working, and these skills are necessary for tour guides. I’m
sure I could provide excellent customer service for your clients.
b) In my country, I used to volunteer in hospitals, so I have quite a lot of experience interacting with and
talking to new people. I’m also very skilled at communicating with people from all over the globe and I
get on well with people of many different nationalities.
c) I saw your advertisement on gec.com and I believe I have the necessary skills for the Tour Guide
position advertised.
d) Yours sincerely, Juan.
e) To whom it may concern,
f) Please do not hesitate to contact me on 0490 200 300 for more information. I look forward to hearing
from you soon.
g) My name is Juan Gonzalez and I’m originally from Colombia. I’ve been living in Sydney for 6 months
and I have a strong level of spoken and written English.
h) You will find my CV attached with further information about my skills and experience. My availability
is every weekday afternoon after 3pm and all day on weekends.
i) Firstly, I have excellent communication skills, which would be very important when working for your
company. I’m friendly and outgoing, yet very professional.

5. Look at the familiar expressions below and find a phrase that has the same meaning, but is more
formal, in the text.
a) I’m free every day f) More information
__________________________________________ ____________________________________________

b) I can’t wait to hear from you g) Talking skills

__________________________________________ ____________________________________________

c) I have attached my CV h) Give good customer service

__________________________________________ ____________________________________________

d) I’m not late i) Tour guide job

__________________________________________ ____________________________________________

e) Give me a call j) I come from Colombia

__________________________________________ ___________________________________________

66
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 04
6. Now it’s your turn! In 100 words, write a cover letter for the bartender position below. Remember to:
• write in letter format
• say your name and where you’re from
• write about your skills and experience
• say why your skills and experience would be good for this job
• say your availability

Want to work in
Sydney’s top nightclub?
‘The Babylon’ is looking for enthusiastic and passionate bartenders to start IMMEDIATELY!
• Must have RSA but no experience necessary!
• Need to be well presented and friendly.
• Be ready to work in a fun, fast-paced and energetic environment!
• Ideal availability: Thursday, Friday and Saturday evenings from 6pm to 3am.

If this sounds like you, and you’d like to work in one of Sydney’s most popular and lively clubs,
then click the link to apply.
www.thebabylonsydney/applynow

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

67
 WELL-BEING
WELL-BEING

05
UNIT

MUHAMMAD ALI, BORN CASSIUS MARCELLUS CLAY JR (JANUARY 17, 1942 – JUNE 3, 2016) WAS AN
AMERICAN PROFESSIONAL BOXER, ACTIVIST AND PHILANTHROPIST. HE IS WIDELY REGARDED
AS ONE OF THE MOST SIGNIFICANT AND CELEBRATED SPORTS FIGURES OF THE 20TH CENTURY.
FROM EARLY
68 IN HIS CAREER, ALI WAS KNOWN AS AN INSPIRING, CONTROVERSIAL, AND
POLARIZING FIGURE BOTH INSIDE AND OUTSIDE THE RING.
68
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
IN THIS UNIT...

Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing

Health, medicine Zero and First Conditionals Modals of advice, Letter of Request
and injuries (if, when and unless) obligation and
permission

Vocabulary

1. In pairs, discuss your answers to the following questions.

a) How do you feel when you need to go to the doctor?
b) Have you been to one in Australia? If yes, how was it? If not, would you feel nervous? Why/why not?

5
c) What is the worst illness you have ever had? How was the recovery process?

2. A doctor is in their surgery with patients. Match the doctor’s comments 1-5 with the patients’ replies A-E.
1. I’m sorry to tell you that you’ve broken your collarbone.
2. Although it doesn’t look infected, I can see that your throat is very sore.
3. It’ll take some time to heal such a nasty cut.
4. I can give you an injection to deal with the pain. Are you on any medication?
5. You should be careful; you’ve got very high blood pressure.

A. It makes sense, I’ve been under a lot of stress recently.

B. Really? How long will it take to mend?
C. Do you think I’ll need any stitches?
D. Yes, I take something for a dust allergy and a heart condition.
E. Okay. What can I do to make it easier to swallow?

3. Now match the patients’ comments 6-10 with the doctor’s replies F-J.
6. It’s been very hard for me to walk because my ankle’s swollen and it really hurts.
7. A few days ago, I noticed that my skin was really red. I think I’ve developed a rash.
8. I got dizzy and fell and hit my head.
9. I’ve had this nasty cough for almost a month now!
10. Since the weekend, I’ve had a high temperature and an upset stomach.

F. It’s a chest infection. Antibiotics should clear it up.

G. There’s a virus going around, I’m afraid. Drink lots of fluids and rest.
H. I’m quite sure it’s just sprained, but I’ll give you some painkillers and do an X-ray to check.
I. Yes, that’s a nasty bruise. Did you lose consciousness when this all happened?
J. It’s probably a reaction to an insect bite. Here’s some cream for it.

4. In groups, take turns to explain, draw or act out the words/phrases in bold.

5. Have any of the previous situations ever happened to you or someone you know? Explain it to your group
using as many of the words/phrases in bold as possible.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

69
WELL-BEING
6. Complete the sentences below using the words in the box.

injury / pulled / injured / unfit

confidence / broke / banged / stiff

a) I fell off my motorbike and ___________________________ my head.

Nothing bad happened because I was wearing a helmet.
b) I was playing rugby and ___________________________ my leg. It was in a cast for almost two months
and I had to walk using crutches.
c) Do you remember when I didn’t warm up before we started running and ___________________________
a muscle in my leg? That’s why you need to be careful!
d) I tried to use the stairs instead of the lift today but I’m so ___________________________ that I couldn’t
breathe when I reached level 5.
e) My neck is really __________ this morning, I can’t move it properly. I think I slept in the wrong position.
f) She ___________________________ her back when she was working out.
I think she stood up too quickly, slipped and fell backwards.
g) He’s a great runner but he lost his ___________________________ when he was told he would have to
run against Usain Bolt.
h) I developed a really bad knee ___________________________ after years playing football and it has never
recovered properly.

Reading

1. Work in pairs and decide whether the following statements are true. Explain your ideas.
a) If you go out with wet hair, you can catch a cold.
b) Antibiotics can cure a cold.
c) Acne can be caused by eating chocolate.
d) If you crack the joints in your fingers, you can develop arthritis.
e) Heart attacks can be prevented by reducing cholesterol in your diet.
f) Swallowing chewing gum is bad for your health.
g) Coffee contains a drug.

70
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
2. Read the article from a website specialising in health. Check if the statements in Exercise 1 are true or myths.
Can you explain it with your own words?

1- Mothers always tell us to put on a jumper or dry our hair before going outside, otherwise we’ll get a cold – but the
reality is that colds are not caused by cold weather: they are caused by viruses! Even though walking around in winter
with wet hair or a T-shirt might look crazy, and will make you feel cold, you can only get a cold if you have contact
with someone who is infected. The best way to prevent colds is by avoiding viruses so wash your hands carefully and
regularly.

2- In the last 100 years we’ve witnessed huge medical advances, but the common cold continues to be incurable and
the medications we can get at chemists do little for the symptoms. For instance, antibiotics won’t help since colds
can be caused by one of over 200 viruses. They can only effectively help in cases such as throat or ear infections.
Otherwise, get lots of rest and fluids until you feel better.

3- Acne is a type of skin inflammation that makes our skin produce too much oil. We all know that having a diet full
of fats is bad for us, but so far research has failed to find a correlation between eating fatty food and acne. What has
been proved is that washing your face too much can make it worse, so just wash it gently twice a day.

4- We tend to associate arthritis with elderly people, but did you know that it can affect all kinds of people, even
children who have never cracked their fingers? Doctors are still trying to find the real cause of it, but it’s known that
viral infections and jobs which require an overuse of the joints can be responsible for developing the condition.

5- Cholesterol is a bad thing - that’s what most people believe. We go shopping and buy foods that are advertised as
being low in cholesterol or that say they can help reduce the level you already have. But the reality is that cholesterol
is crucial to life and is produced naturally by our bodies. The human body is able to adjust how much it produces
based on our diet. If we eat something with very high levels of cholesterol, our body will produce less, balacing the
two sources of it. This means it’s very hard to reduce cholesterol through diet. Many health professionals have even
questioned whether there is any relationship between heart-related diseases and cholesterol levels. They believe that
heart attacks are caused by other factors, such as smoking, lack of exercise, stress and high blood pressure.

6- Kids everywhere grow up believing that if you swallow chewing gum it will stay in your stomach forever and block
your insides. But here’s the truth: If you’ve done it, don’t worry, it’s a myth! Just don’t go out telling all your friends
that it’s okay to do so. Chewing gum has no nutritional value so there’s no point in eating it.

7- Caffeine is a big part of our lives. It can be found in fizzy drinks, tea, energy drinks and coffee. It helps us get the
energy needed for a long day by speeding up our body - it increases our heart rate, waking us up. So you may see this
substance as something positive, but you should keep in mind that it also carries negative side effects. Caffeine has
been linked to many health problems, but a very serious one is that it’s addictive. People who are addicted to it and
decide to stop drinking coffee, for example, can suffer from headaches and become more irritable and restless. You
don’t need to cut out caffeine from your diet completely, but just like anything else in life, moderation is the key to a
healthy lifestyle, so have your morning coffee but not too much!

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

71
WELL-BEING
3. In pairs, discuss what the article mentioned about:
a) What mothers usually tell their kids.
b) How to avoid catching a cold.
c) The situations you might need antibiotics.
d) What can make acne worse.
e) Factors that can lead to heart related diseases.
f) What some people think happens when we swallow chewing gum.
g) What can happen to people when they stop drinking coffee.

4. Choose the correct answer.

a) Antibiotics cannot treat a viral infected / infection.
b) Nowadays, many people are allergic / allergy to nuts.
c) People who go to bed late can become quite irritable / irritation when they need to wake up early.
d) Some scientists are sure that most diseases will be cure / curable by the end of this century.
e) We should do regular / regularly exercise.
f) Having a poor diet can lead to many medical / medicine conditions.
g) The government needs to modernise / modern our health service.
h) All drugs are addiction / addictive.

5. Discuss the following questions.

a) Was any of the information in the article surprising?
b) Do you know any other myths related to health issues?
c) We live in a technological world and the Internet can be a powerful source of information. Do you ever go online
to check your symptoms when you are sick? Is it a good idea? Why/Why not?
d) For which disease do you think governments should invest more money in finding a cure?

Listening

1. Talk with a partner and discuss the questions.

a) Some people are accident-prone. In other words,
they often have many accidents. How about you?
Are you accident-prone? Do you know anyone who is?

b) Do you have any scars? If yes, what happened?

c) What is the worst injury you have ever had?

2. Complete the table below with the things that can cause these injuries. Some of them can cause more than
one injury. Try to add at least one more cause of each injury.

Allergic reactions Cuts and bruises Sprains and breaks

blades and knives / insect bites / to fall off something

to trip / to fall / wasp and bee stings / food poisoning

72
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
3. Now work with a partner and decide what someone should do if they suffer these injuries.

4. Look at the following expressions used to describe injuries. Which of them refer to the injuries in Exercise 2?

TALKING ABOUT INJURIES

Describing injuries Giving advice

a. I feel a bit sick. (Conversation 2) If I were you, I’d go down to A&E.

b. I’ve been stung.
I would keep an eye on it.
c. It doesn’t hurt.
d. It hurts when I move it. I wouldn’t just ignore it.
e. It looks a bit swollen. You should put some antihistamine cream on it.
f. It might need stitches.
g. It’s just a sprain. You’d better wash it straightaway.
h. It’s painful. Why don’t you go and see Rosana?
i. That looks nasty!
It might be worth getting it X-rayed.
j. You might have broken something.
k. It’s nothing. You’re best getting it looked at.

5. You are going to listen to three conversations. Look at the Describing Injuries side of the table
TRACK
above. In which conversation is each sentence mentioned?
5.1

6. Now you are going to listen to the conversations again. What advice is given in each case? Match the
sentences in Describing Injuries with Giving Advice. Check your answers with a partner.

7. You are going to hear two conversations taking place in a hospital. Look at the questions from each
conversation and, in pairs, discuss what might be wrong with the patients. Then listen and check if your
TRACK
5.2 predictions were right.

A. Conversation 1 B. Conversation 2
1. Can you put any weight on it at all? 6. What seems to be the problem?
2. How did you do it? 7. How long have you been like this?
3. How long will I have to wait for the X-ray? 8. Any diarrhoea?
4. Are you on any medication? 9. Has he been able to drink anything?
5. Have you ever had any adverse reactions to any 10. Does it hurt? And here?
painkillers?

8. Listen again and write down the answers to the questions in Exercise 6.

9. Discuss the questions in groups.

a) What comes to mind when you hear the word ‘hospital’?
b) Are the hospitals in your country good?
c) Hospital food has a bad reputation. Why do you think that is?
d) How could hospitals be made better places to visit and stay in?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

73
 WELL-BEING
GRAMMAR POINT 1 : ZERO AND FIRST CONDITIONALS

1. Look at the photos.

a) What adjectives can you use to describe how these people feel?
b) Why do you think they are feeling this way?

2. Work in groups and discuss the questions.

a) Being healthy doesn’t only mean being physically fit – our mental health is also important. Stress is one of
the biggest problems we have in our modern society. So, what do you do to get rid of stress?
b) Do you think therapy can help us with our mental health? Why/Why not?
c) Do you know anyone who has done it? How was their experience?

3. You will listen to a radio programme about different types of therapy. Pay attention to the programme and,
TRACK
5.3
with a partner, answer the question.

The programme talks about two therapies. Which are they?

Therapy /ˈθer.ə.pi/ noun [C or U] plural

therapies a treatment that helps someone feel
better, grow stronger, etc., especially after an
illness: Have you had any therapy for your
depression?

From Cambridge Dictionary

74
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
4. Now listen to the recording again and write True (T) or False (F) after each sentence. Check your
answers with your partner.
a) Seven out of ten people have difficulty in controlling their anger.
b) Destruction therapy involves using your anger to destroy something in a controlled way.
c) This therapy will be more enjoyable if you focus on a situation when you were angry.
d) Some Spanish companies pay for their employees to build hotels.
e) Hospitals in Mexico use destruction therapy.
f) Laughter therapy can help reduce pain.
g) On average, adults only laugh seventeen times a day and children laugh 100 times.

5. Listen again and correct the false sentences.

6. Look at these sentences from the radio programme. Which talk about a general situation (GS) and which talk
about a specific/future situation (FS)?
a) When people get angry, they don’t know what to do with their anger.
b) When we get there, I’ll give you a hammer.
c) If I smash a car to pieces, will I feel better?
d) If people laugh about something, they feel better.

7. Work in pairs. Underline the correct alternative and complete the rules.

WE USE THE ZERO CONDITIONAL

To talk about a general / specific situation, or something which is always / sometimes true.
e.g. If you exercise regularly, you feel better.
Form: If/When + _________________________ , Subject + _________________________.
Write your own example: ________________________________________________________________________.

WE USE THE FIRST CONDITIONAL

To talk about a general / specific situation in the future / present.

e.g. If you don’t deal with your anger, it’ll explode.
Form: If/When + _________________________ , Subject + _________________________.

What type of verb do we use after modal verbs?

Write your own example: ________________________________________________________________________.

WHEN vs. IF (First Conditional)

When: When we believe the situation will definitely happen.

e.g. When I see Ana, I’ll give her your message. (I’m sure I will see her).

If: When we are not sure if the situation will happen.

e.g. If I see Ana, I’ll give her your message. (I’m not sure if I will see her).

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

75
WELL-BEING
8. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in brackets. Mark each sentence zero (0) or first
(1st) conditional.
a) That girl _________________ (get) into trouble if she doesn’t stop talking.
b) The boss won’t be very happy if we _________________ (be) late for the meeting.
c) If people _________________ (eat) too much chocolate, they get fat.
d) My brother _________________ (go) to university if he passes all his exams.
e) The river _________________ (freeze) if it is very cold.
f) Everybody _________________ (get) cranky if it _________________ (rain) a lot.
g) I _________________ (not go out) tonight if I _________________ (not finish) my homework.
h) When I _________________ (come) back from holiday, I _________________ (look) for a new job.
i) She _________________ (buy) expensive clothes every time she _________________ (go) shopping.
j) Gary’s driving to Melbourne this weekend. If he _________________ (get) tired, he _________________
(stop) and sleep somewhere.

9. Choose the best verb for each sentence and decide whether you need Zero or First Conditional.

be / dye / watch / go / answer / have

a) When I call reception, no one _________________ the phone!

b) I’ve checked the forecast and if they’re right, we _________________ to Bondi for a swim on Saturday.
c) I left my job two hours late so when I arrive at school, I _________________ lunch.
d) I _________________ my hair green for St. Patrick’s this year if you go out with me for some drinks on
the day.
e) If I’m tired, I usually _________________ some TV while I’m eating and then I go to bed.
f) I like to listen to music if I _________________ stressed. It helps me relax.

10. Read the health tips below and pay attention to the words in bold.

Having a healthy lifestyle doesn’t need to be hard. Many people believe that they need to stop eating their favourite
type of food or exercise every day for several hours. We asked experts at health to give a few simple tips that anyone
can follow.

1.Eat your vegetables (but keep eating your faves too, in smaller quantities)

If you have at least five servings of vegetables a day, you’ll reduce the risk of
developing serious diseases such as severe types of cancer. Give preference to the
ones with bold colours like broccoli or tomatoes as they have more nutrients.

2. Exercise daily (10 minutes is already something!)

Unless you exercise every day, you won’t see a lot of improvement in your health.
It helps normalize blood pressure and lower cholesterol, among other things.
According to studies, even ten minutes makes a difference, so turn up your stereo
and dance, walk your dog, jump rope, ride your bike to work. Anything is better
than nothing!

3. Sleep well
Sleeping is essential to a healthy lifestyle. That’s when our body recovers and gets
ready for another day. Do you find it hard to fall asleep? Try meditation or yoga,
darken your room to make it cosy, or eat something that has been proved to help us
sleep (cherries or chamomile tea, for instance).

If you follow these ‘rules’, your body will thank you in the future.

76
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
UNLESS OR IF?
Unless you exercise every day, you won’t see a lot of improvement.

Choose the sentence with the closest meaning and explain it to your partner:
a) If you exercise every day, you won’t see a lot of improvement.
b) If you don’t exercise every day, you won’t see a lot of improvement.

11. Choose the correct option:

a) I don’t want you to give my number to anyone if / unless it’s an emergency, you understand? I’m a
very busy doctor!
b) If / Unless you exercise regularly, you’ll be able to work more efficiently.
c) People find it difficult to be happy if / unless they have some close friendships.
d) If / Unless people spend more than one hour commuting to work, they’re generally less content.
e) You won’t become any healthier if / unless you control how much junk food you eat!
f) You’ll feel very sick if / unless you stop eating everything there is on the table!

12. Work in pairs and answer the questions using Zero or First conditional. You and your partner need to identify
which conditional you need and explain why. Look at the example below and follow it.

Example: What do you do when you have a headache?

When I have a headache, I take some painkillers.

• Which conditional is this? Zero conditional.

• How do you know? Because this happens every time I have a headache.
Also, I’m using present simple in both clauses.

a) What do you do when you have a bad cough?

b) What will happen if you fall down in the street?
c) What will you do if you can’t afford to go to the doctor?
d) What do you do when your best friend is sick?
e) What can happen if you don’t sleep enough?
f) What will you do if you get too stressed here in Australia?
g) What happens when we don’t stretch before exercising?

GRAMMAR POINT 2 : MODALS OF ADVICE, OBLIGATION,

PERMISSION AND PROHIBITION

1. Work in groups and discuss the questions

a) How different is your lifestyle to that of your parents’ and grandparents’ generation? In what ways?
b) Do you think people your age are concerned with the food and drinks they consume?
c) How much tea / coffee or other beverages do you drink in a normal day?

2. You are going to read an article about caffeine. Read it quickly and discuss the questions with your partner?
a) Is this article about caffeine and (i) children, (ii) daily life or (iii) science?
b) Do you agree or disagree with what the article says?
c) Do you think you consume too much caffeine?
d) What caffeinated food and beverages do you usually consume?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

77
WELL-BEING
Reading

CAN YOU LIVE WITHOUT CAFFEINE?

For centuries, people have created many different rituals to accompany the consumption of their
favourite drinks, tea and coffee. A good example is the well-known British ‘afternoon tea time’, the
Japanese ‘tea ceremony’ (Chanoyu) as well as the ‘morning coffee ritual’ in many societies. Why
are these drinks so popular? The answer for this question is that all these drinks have one thing in
common – caffeine. Nowadays, caffeine is delivered by other means such as canned ‘energy’ drinks,
chocolate and soft drinks. And the more modern the world gets, the more we seem to need caffeine.
It has been well known for years that caffeinated drinks make you more alert and less tired. This dual
power of caffeine to fight physical fatigue and increase alertness is one of the reasons why it is the
world’s most popular mood-altering drug. Moreover, it is the only psychoactive drug we frequently
serve to our children. In fact, most babies in the developed world are born with traces of caffeine in
their bodies.

Most people don’t think twice about how much caffeine they consume. However, it has negative
effects in our bodies such as the power to raise blood pressure and, consequently, increase the risk of
heart disease. Therefore, the indiscriminate use of caffeine is now a cause of concern among scientists
and public health authorities. One result of this concern is that shops in France and Denmark mustn’t
sell energy drinks and, in other European countries, manufactures have to label cans with warnings.
The United States has no such rule, but it is possible to find information about the amount of caffeine
in almost all canned energy drinks, anyway. On the other hand, much of the research suggests
that caffeine may have benefits for human health. Studies have shown it is efficient in relieving
pain, reducing asthma symptoms and increasing reaction speed. In spite of this, a British study
recommended that children and pregnant women, among others, shouldn’t drink energy drinks, and
that the whole population should reduce the consumption of this drug.

But how can we survive without coffee, Coke or Red Bull? People claim they need such drinks to get
out of bed and back to work. ‘For the majority of human existence, the pattern of sleeping and waking
has followed the sunrise and sunset’, explains Michael Fitzgerald, a neuroscientist at Cambridge
University. ‘However, the way we work changed from a timetable built around the sun to an indoor
job timed by a clock, and consequently, humans had to adapt. Electric light and caffeinated food and
beverages allowed people to work on a schedule set by the clock, not by the natural sleeping cycle or
daylight’. Therefore, without the effects of caffeine, the 24-hour society of the modern world simply
couldn’t exist.

‘Caffeine helps people try to override the natural rhythm of the human body’, says Fitzgerald.
‘Nevertheless, there is a heavy price to pay for all this extra energy’. Without adequate sleep – the
conventional eight hours – the human body will not function at its best, mentally, physically, or
emotionally, the doctor says.

According to Fitzgerald, people don’t have to cut caffeine from their diet altogether, but they should
consume it responsibly and avoid using it as a crutch to survive in the modern world. ‘The main reason
that people want caffeine is to stay awake’, he says. ‘But the main reason why people can’t stay
awake is that they don’t get enough regular sleep – because they use caffeine’.

78
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
3. In pairs, complete the sentences with words from the article.
a) Tea, coffee, soft drinks, energy drinks and _____________ all contain caffeine.
b) Caffeine is classified as a ____________ drug.
c) In Europe, there are many regulations on the sale of __________ drinks.
d) In modern society, humans need caffeinated _________ and __________ to be able to work on a schedule set by
the clock.
e) Caffeine changes our natural ________ ________.

4. What are the effects of caffeine? Complete the table below and check the
answers with your partner.

Beneficial Effects Harmful Effects

Makes you less tired

Makes you 1___________ Is mood-altering
Relieves 2_____________ Raises 5_____________
Reduces asthma 3____________ Increases the 6____________ of heart disease.
Increases 4__________________

5. Match the underlined expressions in the text with the meanings in A – E.

a) It is necessary: ____________________________________________________________
b) It is not necessary (it’s optional): ______________________________________________
c) It is not permitted: _________________________________________________________
d) It is a good idea / the correct thing to do: _______________________________________
e) It is not a good idea / not the correct thing to do: _________________________________

6. Complete the table.

MODAL OF OBLIGATIONS
Modal Function Example

a. I have to wear a uniform at work.

HAVE TO
b. __________________________________________________________

a. I must clean my flat before my guests arrive.

b. International students must have 80% attendance.
c. __________________________________________________________
MUST
__________________________________________________________
d. __________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

79
WELL-BEING

MODALS OF PERMISSION
Modal Function Example

a. Students can bring a friend to the party.

CAN b. ________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

a. International students are allowed to work 20/h in Australia.

BE ALLOWED TO b. ________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

MODALS OF PROHIBITION
Modal Function Example

a. Students can’t speak their first language in their English class.

CANNOT
b. ________________________________________________________
(CAN’T)
________________________________________________________

a. People mustn’t drink and drive.

MUST NOT
b. ________________________________________________________
(MUSTN’T)
________________________________________________________

a. Children aren’t allowed to use this swimming pool.

NOT BE
b. ________________________________________________________
ALLOWED TO
________________________________________________________

MODALS OF ADVICE
Modal Function Example

a. If you come to Sydney, you must visit the Opera House.

MUST b. ________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

a. You should study more for the test.

SHOULD b. ________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________

LACK OF OBLIGATION
Modal Function Example

a. I don’t have to wear a uniform at work.

DON’T/DOESN’T
b. ________________________________________________________
HAVE TO
________________________________________________________

80
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
7. Complete the sentences with one of the modals from the table in exercise 6. More than one answer might be
possible. Check your answers with your partner.
a) I _______________ stop smoking if I want to have a better life.
b) Kids ______________ drink coffee or other drinks with a lot of caffeine.
c) You _________________ buy expensive clothes or shoes to exercise.
d) My friend told me that I _________ visit the Eiffel Tower if I go to Paris.
e) Employees ______________ perform their duties under the influence of alcohol.
f) Members _____________ use all the equipment available in our gym.
g) If you want to lose weight, you ____________ eat burgers every day.
h) Students __________________ eat in the classroom because it becomes very dirty.
i) My mum said I ________________ clean my room otherwise I __________ play with my friends.
j) Children __________________ to use the playground from 7am to 9pm.
h) Every traveller ___________ have a valid visa to enter Australia.

8. Read the labels from some food packaging. Write sentences using one of the modal verbs given in brackets.

EXAMPLE (can / don’t have to)

Answer: Vegetarians can eat this product.

A. Not suitable for people allergic to nuts

(don’t have to / mustn’t)

B. Do not exceed the recommended daily intake of salt

(can / mustn’t)

C. Heat thoroughly before consuming

(can / have to)

D. Not recommended for diabetics

(allowed to / shouldn’t)

9. How can we have a healthier life? With a partner, make a list of rules that people can follow to
improve their quality of life. Use as many modals verbs as possible.

I think people shouldn’t smoke, I agree with you! They should also
what do you think? exercise and sleep well.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

81
WELL-BEING

10. Discuss the questions with your partner. Try to use the modal verbs you have studied in this unit.
a) Did you parents let you drink coffee when you were a kid?
b) What were the rules you had to follow at home when you were growing up?
c) What were the rules in your primary and high school? Did you follow all of them?
d) Do you find the rules in Australia difficult to follow? What are the differences between Australia and your country?

Writing - Letter of Request

1. Discuss the following questions with your partner.
a) Have you ever been to a spa? If yes, what was the experience like? If not, would you like to?
b) What kind of treatments do you think you can find in a spa? (e.g. to relax, for your skin, etc.)
c) What things should you consider before going to a spa?

Indirect questions

When we write, we often avoid direct questions and requests.

Indirect questions sound politer and bring formality to your letter.

Compare these questions and notice how the word order changes in indirect questions:

Direct question: How much is the full body massage?

Indirect question: Could you tell me how much the full body massage is?

82
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
2. Some of these sentences are direct questions (D) and some are indirect (I). Circle which type the
sentence is and correct any mistakes you might find.
a) Could you tell me what time does the spa open?
D / I _______________________________________________________________
b) You do have a pool there?
D / I _______________________________________________________________
c) When I can arrive?
D / I _______________________________________________________________
d) Is there any way could you send me the receipt via email?
D / I _______________________________________________________________
e) I was wondering if could you call me to remind me of my appointment?
D / I _______________________________________________________________

3. Read three emails that have been sent to and from The Darling Spa, in Sydney, and complete
them with one word in each gap.

A. Dear Sir or Madam,

I have already 1_____________ a reservation under the name of Summers for the 15th – 18th February.
Unfortunately, I will be in Perth for a conference at that time.
Would it be possible to cancel my booking? If not, do you 2_____________ you could inform me as
3
_____________ as possible as I will need to make other arrangements.
I look forward to hearing from you shortly.

Yours faithfully,
Caroline Summers

B. Hi Ursula,
Just 4_____________ this email to remind you of our meeting tomorrow. I know you’ve been busy training
the new beauticians but the boss needs you in the meeting. She wants you to quickly explain our new
treatments.
Also, 5_____________ you send me the prices of the new treatments? I’m preparing the new posters and
want to add this info.
See you for lunch at 12!

Cheers,
Grace

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

83
 WELL-BEING

C. Dear Ms. Carrington,

Your appointment for the 25th of January could not be confirmed as we do not have your credit card
details. 6_____________ you please send me the information requested? I will only be able to confirm your
treatment after the 7_____________ has been made.
We apologize for any inconvenience.

Yours sincerely,
The Darling Spa team

4. Work in pairs and discuss these questions for each email.

a) Who is writing to whom?
b) Which email is informal? Which one is formal? How do you know?
c) The emails show people making requests. What are they requesting?

Synonyms

In the first email, Caroline asks if they can inform her as soon as possible. Inform is a synonym for tell.

We can use synonyms to make a piece of writing sound more formal or informal.

5. Match the verbs in bold with their synonyms. Which verbs are more formal?

a) Apologize for the error 1. Send on

b) Forward the email to him 2. Get in

c) Request a refund 3. Fill in

d) The customer arrives at five 4. Ask for

e) Complete the form 5. Say sorry

f) Inform me when the treatment is available 6. Ask

g) Enquire about prices 7. Tell

84
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 05
6. Work in small groups. Tell each other about the last time you:
a) Completed a form.
b) Requested something by email.
c) Apologized for something.
d) Enquired about something by email.

7. You saw this advert for The Darling Spa in the Sydney Morning Herald newspaper.

Summer’s here! But where are you?

Our new range of treatments is available! Pamper
yourself this summer and look even more fabulous!
You can find more information on our website, by
calling/emailing us or simply by popping into our
beautiful spa.
We’re open 7 days a week, from 7 am to 9 pm.
THE DARLING SPA
SPA & BEAUTY We can’t wait to look after you!

The Darling Spa

80 Pyrmont Street, Sydney
02 9657 8088

a) Now you will have to write your own letter of request to The Darling Spa. You want to book one of their new summer
treatments. What kind of information would you need to request from them? Make notes.

b) Now let’s do some planning. Before writing you should always plan what piece of information should go in each
paragraph. Make your plan using the words in the box and your notes from the previous exercise.

Availability / Which treatment you want / Why you are writing / Price

Introduction: _________________________________________________________________________________

Paragraph 1: __________________________________________________________________________________

Paragraph 2:__________________________________________________________________________________

Paragraph 3: __________________________________________________________________________________

c) You also need to consider who will be reading your writing and then choose whether it will be written in a formal
or informal way. Which one do you think your letter requires?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

85
WELL-BEING
Opening and closing formal letters

If you know the name of the person you are writing to:
Open with: Dear + Mr./Ms./Mrs. + surname (e.g. Dear Ms. Carrington)
Close with: Yours sincerely + your name and surname (e.g. Yours sincerely, Anne Carrington)

If you don’t know the name of the person you are writing to:
Open with: Dear Sir or Madam / Dear Sir/Madam
Close with: Yours faithfully + your name and surname (e.g. Yours faithfully, Anne Carrington)

d) Now write your letter of request. Use between 100-150 words and make sure you add all the information
necessary and try to use some of the formal verbs from exercise 5 and indirect questions.

e) Swap your letter with your partner and write a reply.

86
OUR CARBON
FOOTPRINT

06
UNIT

ROGER FEDERER; BORN 8 AUGUST 1981, IS A SWISS PROFESSIONAL TENNIS PLAYER WHO IS
CURRENTLY RANKED WORLD NO. 1 IN MEN’S SINGLES TENNIS BY ATP. FEDERER HAS WON 20
GRAND SLAM SINGLES TITLES - THE MOST IN HISTORY FOR A MALE PLAYER - AND HAS HELD THE
WORLD NO. 1 SPOT IN THE ATP RANKINGS FOR A RECORD TOTAL OF 310 WEEKS, INCLUDING A
RECORD 237 CONSECUTIVE WEEKS.
87
OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT
IN THIS UNIT...

Vocabulary Grammar Focus 1 Grammar Focus 2 Writing

The environment/ Active and Passive voice Second Conditional Pros and Cons
nature Essay

Speaking

1. Discuss the questions with a partner.

a) Which seasons do you experience in your home country?
b) What is your favourite season?
c) What is the weather usually like in your country at this time of year?
d) Is there ever any extreme weather in your country?
e) What do you know about global warming?

Winter Spring Dry Season

Autumn Summer Wet Season

88
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 06
Reading
1. Read the article quickly and answer the following question: According to the article, is there any hope to stop
climate change?

A Changing Mother Earth

Last year, global warming records were the highest in human history. The Earth is changing very quickly, and a lot
of this change is because of people. Global warming has increased due to people using coal and oil for energy, as
well as pollution in the air and water. This has led to higher global temperatures, which has caused polar ice to
melt and sea levels to rise. But rising sea levels are not our only problem. We now have more extreme weather
such as droughts, floods, heat and cold.

The causes and effects of climate change can be seen all over the world. From huge fires caused by drought in
California, to melting glaciers in the Arctic and deforestation in the Amazon forest, human activity is changing the
Earth everywhere.

Climate change is not only changing the Earth, but also the plants and animals that live here. An increase in global
travel means that new species have been brought to countries and are living where they shouldn’t. As a result,
many native species have become endangered or even extinct.

Fortunately, humans have the possibility to stop and fix the damage we have caused. By giving up coal and oil,
using clean energy sources, and by practicing conservation, we can slow down climate change. We need to think
ahead about what effect our choices will have on the future generations. We only have one planet and it’s our
responsibility to save it.

2. Read the article again and note if the following 4. Which phrases are causes and which are effects of
statements are True or False: climate change?
a) Rising sea levels are our biggest problem. • using coal • fires
b) Extreme weather events are becoming more • animals going extinct • pollution
common. • melting glaciers • human activity
c) Foreign plants and animals are causing problems for • deforestation • endangered animals
local species.
d) Stopping using coal and oil is the only way to reduce
5. Talk with a partner about the following questions:
global warming.
a) How do you think we can improve the environment?
3. Find a word in the text for each definition below. What do you do in your everyday life to help the
a) a change in weather patterns environment?
b) a period with not enough rain b) Are there litter laws in your country?
c) protecting the environment c) Is there a lot of pollution in your country?
d) a large piece of slowly moving ice (on the land) d) Are you worried about the planet? Why/not?
e) to be in danger
f) a thick, black liquid used as fuel
g) when a species dies out
h) cutting down forests
i) the average level of the ocean

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

89
 OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT
Vocabulary

1. Look at the photos then use a word below to describe what you can see.

fires tropical storm flood

high temperatures heatwave landslide

tsunami earthquake drought

2. Have you ever experienced any of these extreme weather events? Do they often occur in your country?

Listening

1. Listen to Mari, Jasmine, Joseph and Marcel talking about climate change. Write the person’s name next to the
TRACK
6.1 picture. Where is each person from?

90
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 06
2. Before listening again, look at the sentences below. What type of word do you think fits in each space? Listen
again and fill in the spaces.

Mari:
• Argentina has had very 1 _________________ rain recently.
• Cattle are dying because they don’t have enough 2_________________ to eat. The water in wells is getting
3
_________________ and 4_________________.

Marcel:
• France has had record breaking heatwaves. One summer, 5_________________ people died because of the heat.
• Some scientists don’t agree that global warming is the 6_________________ and say, “It’s always hot in the
summer time.”

Joseph:
• The same year as Hurricane Katrina, the USA experienced a record number of hurricanes and major
7
_________________. There were 8_________________in total!
• It’s because the water is 9_________________. The storms get 10_________________ from the warm water.

Jasmine:
• Getting a lot of rain is not 11_________________ in India.
• The water is not 12_________________ and so 13_________________ are a big problem after flooding.

3. Look at the following opinions about natural disasters. Do you agree or disagree with each person? Explain
your reasons why.

Yuki: “Natural disasters have been and always will be just a part of life. We can’t stop them, and we
can’t really do anything for the people affected.”

Anastasia: “It’s ridiculous and scary the number of natural disasters we’ve been experiencing, and
too many people are dying! This shows that we need to invest a lot more money into scientific
research so we can create warning systems.”

Su Lin: “Every time I turn on the news, we can see another tsunami, flood or earthquake somewhere
in the world. In my opinion, there are a lot more now than in the past. I believe it’s definitely global
warming and climate change that is causing all these disasters!”

Ahmet: “I believe every person should feel responsible and guilty for all the natural disasters in the
world. That’s why I cycle to work or use public transport, and I always recycle. If everyone did this,
we’d stop global warming easily!”

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

91
OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT
Speaking

1. Discuss these questions about natural disasters with a partner.

a) What do you think a natural disaster is? Can you think of any other examples?
b) Do you enjoy watching natural disaster films? Can you name any?
c) What’s the worst natural disaster in your opinion?
d) Would you ever donate money to help victims of a natural disaster?

2. Work in groups of 4. Your teacher will assign you one of the personalities below. Imagine that you are all
victims of a natural disaster but only 3 of you will be able to be saved by the helicopter. Choose which 3
people should be saved and give reasons why.

a) You are a doctor who specialises in cancer. Recently you have been working on a cure for cancer. It’s not finished
yet, but you think you’re pretty close! You haven’t shared your findings with anyone. You are married with two
adult children.

b) You are a wonderful teacher working in a school in the poor area of town. The school used to be filled with
problem children but since you started teaching there, the children’s grades have improved significantly and there
is less crime. You are married with four children of your own.

c) You are a politician who was just recently elected. You are very honest and want to change the corrupt
government. You have big plans for health and education in your country – you think you can make a real
difference! You are unmarried and don’t have children.

d) You are a business owner. You made your own successful business and you employ hundreds of people. Your town
was facing an economic crisis but you are planning on expanding your business and will probably employ many
more people. You also give scholarships to disadvantaged young people to go to university. You are married but
don’t have children.

GRAMMAR POINT 1: ACTIVE AND PASSIVE VOICE

1. Read the interesting facts below. Which ones did you know about? Which is the most interesting in your
opinion?

IMPACTFUL INVENTIONS
Did you know?

• A low-cost, low-maintenance “seabin” has been invented by two surfers. This bin helps remove rubbish from
shorelines by slowly filtering the water of any trash.
• Indonesian entrepreneur Kevin Kumala has developed a plastic-like material from cassava, a cheap and common
vegetable found across Indonesia. This new material is fully biodegradable and could be an environmentally
friendly alternative to the plastic we use for cups and bags now!
• A solar powered water purification system has been invented by 14-year-old Deepika Kurup. The idea for the
invention was thought of after seeing Indian children drinking from a pool of dirty water.
• New airplanes are being built that can not only carry up to 900 passengers, but you can also sleep in your own
cabin and go to a spa!
• The new Tesla 3 can travel up to 300 kilometres before it needs to be charged. It’s an electric car which means it’s
much better for the atmosphere!

2. Some of the sentences above contain active verb forms while some contain passive verb forms.
With a partner, quickly reread them and identify which sentences are active and which are passive.

92
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 06
WHY DO WE USE THE PASSIVE VOICE?
1. Match the following reasons why we use the passive to the example sentences.
We use the passive voice when the ‘agent’ is:
obvious a) The church was built in 1650.
unimportant b) My friend was arrested.
unknown c) Sydney is known as an expensive city.
everyone knows d) My wallet was stolen.

ACTIVE VS. PASSIVE VOICE

2. Look at the following phrases about active and passive sentences and circle the correct verb.
• We use an active sentence when the subject is /isn’t the one doing the action.
• We use a passive sentence when the subject is / isn’t the one doing the action.

3. Look at the following sentences and identify which is passive and which is active.
Sarah bought 50 solar panels. _____________
The panels were delivered on Tuesday. _____________

USING THE PASSIVE VOICE WITH DIFFERENT TENSES

4. Look at this active sentence: “Tesla is developing a new model.” Let’s change it to passive, using “a new
model” as the new subject at the beginning of the sentence. Complete the table below.

+ - ?
Subject + be + not + be + subject + past
Form Subject + be + past participle
past participle participle

Is a new model
A new model is A new model isn’t
Present simple developed by Tesla?
developed by Tesla developed by Tesla
Yes it is/no it isn’t.

Present _________________ _________________ _________________

_________________ _________________ _________________
continuous

_________________ _________________ _________________

Past simple _________________ _________________ _________________

Past _________________ _________________ _________________

_________________ _________________ _________________
continuous

Present _________________ _________________ _________________

_________________ _________________ _________________
perfect

Modals (e.g. _________________ _________________ _________________

_________________ _________________ _________________
can/will)

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

93
 OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT
5. Change these active sentences into passive
a) Someone has stolen my bag.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
b) They will present Jane with her award tomorrow.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) Some people made the first Tesla in 2008.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) People release billions of tons of carbon monoxide every year.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) Scientists are developing a cure for cancer.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________
f) The hunter killed the deer.
____________________________________________________________________________________________________

6. Use the verb in brackets in the correct passive form.

a) When he was young, he _________________ (look after) by his grandmother during the school holidays.
b) The government says the new building _________________ (finish) next year.
c) At the moment, a new hospital _________________ (build) in the town centre.
d) Around 10,000 people _________________ (injure) in earthquakes around the world last year.
e) French _________________ (speak) by many people in Africa.
f) Ancient ruins _________________ (find) in an underground train station in Mexico City.
g) Thousands of tons of carbon monoxide _________________ (release) into the air every year.

Listening

1. You are going to listen to a short article about Greenpeace, a controversial organization that works to protect
TRACK the environment. Before you listen, discuss the questions below.
6.2
a) Have you heard of Greenpeace? What do you know about them?
b) Are there any people or organizations in your home country that work to protect the environment? What type
of activities do they do? What do you think of about these kinds of activities?

2. Quickly read the questions below and predict what the answers will be.

3. Now, listen and answer the questions below. If you don’t know an answer, don’t worry. Skip it, then try to
answer it when you listen again.
a) What is Greenpeace? _________________________________________________________________________________
b) What does Greenpeace fight against? ___________________________________________________________________
c) Who donates money to the organization? _______________________________________________________________
d) How did the organization start? _______________________________________________________________________
e) What happened in Alaska? ____________________________________________________________________________
f) How does Greenpeace bring change and protect the environment? ________________________________________
g) What is Greenpeace particularly noted for? _____________________________________________________________
h) Can you explain “direct action?” _______________________________________________________________________
i) Why are Greenpeace’s activities often illegal? ____________________________________________________________
j) What do Greenpeace’s opponents call the organization? __________________________________________________

94
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 06
Speaking

1. With a partner or in a group, make a list of the advantages and disadvantages of organisations like
Greenpeace. Overall, do you think Greenpeace has a positive or negative impact on the world?

2. An organisation’s “cause” is the goal it fights for. If you were to join an organisation that had a specific cause,
what cause would you want to fight for?

GRAMMAR POINT 2: SECOND CONDITIONAL

1. Look at the questions and match them to the responses below.
a) If you could bring one animal back from extinction, which would you choose?
b) If you could only use electricity for one hour a day, what would you use it for?
c) Would you consider moving to another planet if the Earth became very difficult to live on?
d) If you were only allowed to throw out one bag of rubbish a month, how would you change your life?

> >
> >

02051 02589
MARY - ENGINEER JANE - DOCTOR

“I’d probably bring back some sort “I want to say I’d use it for
of dinosaur like the T-rex. Imagine something productive like study or
how people would react if they saw cooking, but I’d probably use it for
that! TV or social media…”

view biometric info view biometric info

> >
> >

02051 02051
JULIANNA - VET CAROL - IT MANAGER

“I would have to be much more “I think I would certainly consider it,

careful about the things I bought. but only if my quality of life would
So many things come with way too definitely improve.”
much packaging.”

view biometric info view biometric info

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

95
OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT
SECOND CONDITIONAL

2. Choose the correct option:

We use the Second Conditional to describe a real / an imaginary situation in the present or future.

3. Look at the examples below. Which one is a possible/real situation and which one is an unlikely/unreal
situation?
a) If I get a pay rise, I’ll adopt a dog.
b) If I had extra time, I would volunteer at a charity.

4. Complete the table below by putting in the correct form of the verb.

First Conditional Second Conditional

In the if clause, we use present simple / past simple. In the if clause, we use present simple / past simple.

In the result clause, we use will / would + base verb.

In the result clause, we use will / would + base verb.
You can also use might or could instead of would if
you are not certain about the result.

5. Complete the Second Conditional sentences with the correct form of the verb.
a) If I _______________ (have) $1 million, I ________________ (donate) some to a charity that helps the environment.
b) What would you do if you __________________(find) an injured animal?
c) What would happen if we___________ (invent) a machine to take pollution out of the air?
d) I’d never go hunting, even if you _________________(pay) me a million dollars!
e) If you ___________________ (live) in Australia, you _________________ (see) interesting animals every day.
f) He_________________ (not spend) so much money on travel if he _________________ (use) his bike more.
g) If you ___________________(find) $100 on the ground, what ___________________ (you/do)?
h) If you ___________________(bring) your own bag, you ________________ (not use) so many plastic bags.
i) If you ___________________(can have) any extinct animal as a pet, which _______________(you/choose)?

6. Decide if each sentence is First or Second conditional then put the correct form of the verbs.
a) If I have enough money next year, I ___________________ (buy) an electric car.
b) How would our habits_____________ (change) if suddenly everyone_____________(can live) to be 1000 years old?
c) If I see Kate, I ___________________(tell) her you are looking for her.
d) If I___________________ (pass) the test on Thursday, I’ll be able to work as a park guide!
e) She would get the job if she ___________________ (can speak) better English.
f) I’ll be very upset if they___________________ (not pick up) their rubbish before they leave.
g) If you decided to go hiking next year, where___________________ (you/go)?

96
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 06
7. Write the word given in the brackets in the correct form for each gap. You will need to choose between First
and Second Conditionals.

ONE DAY TO HEAL THE WORLD

If we didn’t understand any of the serious environment problems facing us today, we 1__________ (will) not be able
to do anything about them. Wouldn’t it be great if there 2__________(be) a day just for learning about these kinds of
problems? Well, there is! The United Nations organises a day to help make people more aware of these issues. It takes
place on June 5th every year, and it’s called World Environment Day (WED).

If everyone in the world 3__________(get) involved, imagine what change could happen! In Korea, there were events
organised to promote environmentally friendly economic development and to encourage people to reduce their
carbon footprint. In Bosnia and Herzegovina, people called for more protection for forests and lakes that are affected
by pollution. If the pollution continues, they worry, the affected areas 4__________ (be) permanently damaged. In
South Africa, they organised a campaign to encourage people to throw away less food. They think that if people threw
away less food, they 5__________(use) less resources for food production.

If you are interested in more information, you 6__________(can look) at the WED website. There, you can see what
people have done around the world already and get some great ideas. What 7__________you__________(do) if you
wanted to get involved?

Speaking

1. Look at the beginning of the sentences below. With a partner, finish the sentences by giving your ideas.
a) If everyone lived in smaller homes,....
b) If couples weren’t allowed to have more than two children,...
c) If we didn’t have mobile phones…
d) If the government subsidised electric cars, ...
e) If we could clone people…
f) If everyone in the world could speak perfect English…
g) If we got all our energy from renewable resources, ...
h) If I could live to be 1000 years old…

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

97
OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT
Reading

1. Discuss the questions below.

a) Do you think researching renewable energy sources (wind, solar, etc) is important?
b) Why are people concerned about where we get our energy from?

2. Ignoring the gaps, quickly read the article below about green energy and discuss with your partner:
What is the ‘extreme green’ life?

“What is the ‘extreme green’ life? Don’t worry about the gaps yet.

EXTREME GREEN
What if your family 1__________ rid of the car, the air-conditioning unit, the washing machine, the fridge, and
almost everything else that uses energy in the home? What if you never 2 __________ on holiday? How about if you
3
__________ extra clothes in bed to keep warm because you had no heating? Those are just a few of the things that
people who live an extreme green life have done. They want to keep their carbon footprint as low as possible.
Do you ever think about the best way to get your food? Would you 4__________ your own food? Most people
would rather 5__________ everything from the supermarket, but the food in those shops have travelled a long
way to get there. These ‘food miles’ increase your carbon footprint. To reduce those miles, many people living the
extreme green life have started their own small gardens in and around their homes.
Would you ever 6__________ this hard to reduce your carbon footprint? Would you 7__________ keep it up for a
long time? Many people say they would if they 8__________, but few of us feel able to make those sacrifices of
comfort and convenience. But, maybe it’s time we all started to have a more extreme green lifestyle. After all, if we
9
__________ our current lifestyle, what 10__________ to our environment in the future?

3. Read the text again and answer the questions

a) Why do some people choose to live this way?
b) What are ‘food miles’?
c) What are some ways we can live in an ‘extreme green’ way?

4. Use the words in the box to complete the gaps in the article. Change the forms as necessary.

continue get (x2) be able to wear

can happen go try grow

5. In pairs or small groups, discuss the questions below.

a) Could you live an extreme green life? What would you find the most difficult?
b) Do you already have some ‘green’ habits in your life?
c) In what ways could you make your life greener than it is now?
d) Is your home country very ‘green’? What does it do well? What could be improved?

98
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 06
Writing

Vocabulary: Linking Words

1. Look at the linking words below which we use to connect ideas and sentences. Put them in the correct
category below.

Similar meaning to but: Similar meaning to and: Similar meaning to so:

also despite this for this reason

although therefore what is more

as a result besides however

2. Complete the beginning of the sentences in a logical way. There is usually more than one possible answer.
First, analyse the example below.

e.g. Going to Mars may be possible soon.

a) However, people who go won’t be able to come back.

b) As a result, many people have applied to go.

Driverless cars could prevent crashes.

a) __________________ they could help to improve traffic.
b) __________________ we don’t yet have the technology to make them.

Plastic is destroying our planet.

c) __________________ there is no cheap alternative.
d) __________________ we should try to avoid buying things made from plastic.

It is well-known that exercise is good for your physical health.

e) __________________ it can put you in a good mood.
f) __________________ you should exercise at least three times a week.

Many dieticians say that eating lots of chocolate is unhealthy.

g) __________________ it is contributing to rising obesity rates.
h) __________________ some high-quality chocolate has minerals that are actually good for you.

Speaking

1.You are going to read an essay about traffic in cities. First, have a look at the questions below and discuss with
a partner.
a) How bad is the traffic in the city you are from? How does it compare to Sydney or Melbourne’s traffic?
b) What do you find the most frustrating about taking public transport?
c) Has your government ever introduced new rules to control the traffic in the CBD?
d) What do you think could be some good solutions for traffic and pollution problems in cities?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

99
OUR CARBON FOOTPRINT
2. Look at the subject of the essay, “Cars should be banned from city centres”.

Work with a partner and think of two reasons for this statement and two reasons against.

Banning cars from city centres IS Banning cars from city centres is NOT
a good idea because… a good idea because…

• •
• •

3. Read the essay below. Does the writer agree that cars should be banned from city centres? How do you know?
Do you agree with the writer?

Essay Topic: Cars should be banned from city centres. Do you agree or disagree with this statement?

CARS SHOULD BE BANNED FROM CITY CENTRES.

Do you agree or disagree with this statement?
In the majority of cities around the world today, traffic congestion has become a huge problem for both people and
the environment. 1_________________ some people believe that preventing cars from entering the city centre is the
answer, this is not a good long-term solution.
, if you suddenly stopped all cars from entering the CBD, this would cause huge problems for
people who need to travel to the city for work. Buses and trains are already over-crowded in most cities and banning
cars would mean even more people needing to use public transport. 2_________________, the government would have
to spend billions of dollars upgrading the train and bus systems before they could think about banning cars.
, it is true that a car-ban would mean less pollution in the city centre, and therefore people would
have fewer pollution-related health problems such as asthma. 3_________________, the less that people use cars, the
better it is for the environment.
, when it comes to a choice between what is right and what is convenient, convenience usually
wins. In other words, if people had the choice of going shopping via public transport in the CBD or in their own cars
to a shopping complex in another suburb, most will choose to drive. 4_________________, shops and business in the
centre would lose customers and either close or have to move to another location.
, banning cars from the city centre is not the best solution for our traffic and pollution problems.
Public transport systems would first need major improvements to cope with the thousands of extra passengers. It
is 5_________________ important to consider that many businesses in the CBD may go out of business if customers
decide to shop in a more convenient location.

100
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 06
4. Read the essay again and insert the correct linking words:
a) Choose the best linker to start each paragraph and put them in the boxes a-d:

Unfortunately, / First of all, / In conclusion, / On the other hand,

b) Choose the best linkers with the meanings of “but/and/so” to put in the underlined spaces 1-5.
More than one answer may be possible.

also despite this for this reason

although therefore what is more
as a result besides however

5. Look at the statements and questions below talking about the environment. With a partner, have a short
discussion about each one and give your opinion.
a) Should governments have control over how much water people can use, or should everyone decide for
themselves?
b) Some people think the best way to solve global warming is to increase the cost of fuel. Do you agree or disagree?
c) Human activity has had a negative impact on plants and animals around the world. Some people think nothing
can be done to change this. Do you agree or disagree?

6. Now choose one of the topics from exercise 5 and write a short essay giving your arguments either for or
against. Remember to:
• Make a plan before you start.
• Use some linking words.
• Give your opinion.
• Give reasons for your opinion

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

101
CONSUMERISM

07
UNIT

MICHAEL JEFFREY JORDAN (BORN FEBRUARY 17, 1963), ALSO KNOWN BY HIS INITIALS, MJ,IS
AN AMERICAN FORMER PROFESSIONAL BASKETBALL PLAYER. HE PLAYED 15 SEASONS IN THE
NATIONAL BASKETBALL ASSOCIATION (NBA) FOR THE CHICAGO BULLS AND WASHINGTON
WIZARDS. HIS BIOGRAPHY ON THE OFFICIAL NBA WEBSITE STATES: “BY ACCLAMATION, MICHAEL
JORDAN IS THE GREATEST BASKETBALL PLAYER OF ALL TIME.” 102
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
IN THIS UNIT...
Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing
Money Defining and non-defining Countable + Writing an
Shopping relative clauses uncountable nouns, advertisement
Describing objects quantifiers

Speaking

1. Work in pairs. Look at each photo and describe what you can see. How do they make you feel?

2. Read the questionnaire and circle the best answer for you. Then, compare your answers with your partners.

ARE YOU A SHOPAHOLIC?

1. Are you keen on shopping? 7. Have you ever lied about the price of something?
a) Not really. It’s a bit boring! a) Yes. I didn’t want people to realise how little I’d
b) It’s OK if you are with friends. spent.
c) I love it! I go all the time. b) No, I don’t care.
c) Yes, I didn’t want people to realise how much I’d
2. Do you ever buy designer brands? spent.
a) Never. They are too expensive.
b) Sometimes, if they are on sale. 8. Do you buy second-hand clothes?
c) Yes. The quality is better. a) If they are cheap and look good, sure!
b) No way. I would never wear something that
3. What’s important when you buy something?
someone else wore.
a) It’s cheap.
c) Definitely. You can find really cool vintage
b) I can use it for a long time.
clothes in second-hand shops.
c) It looks cool and is fashionable.

4. Do you believe in retail therapy? 9. How many pairs of shoes/sandals/trainers do you

a) No. Buying things doesn’t make you happier. own?
b) It works sometimes. a) 1-5 pairs
c) Of course. If I feel down, shopping always cheers b) 6-19 pairs
me up. c) 20+ pairs

5. If I can’t afford something, but really like it… 10. Do you have to buy something when you go
a) I will try to forget about it. shopping?
b) I will save up enough money to buy it or wait for it a) Not really. It takes time to find good sales.
to be on sale. b) I don’t mind. I enjoy window-shopping.
c) I will use my credit card. c) Yes! Why would you go shopping if you don’t get
anything?
6. During a holiday, have you ever had to buy an extra
suitcase to bring back everything you bought?
a) Never. Holidays are for relaxing, not shopping.
b) Maybe once, but it’s not common for me.
c) I always make sure to pack light, so I’ll have space
for things I buy.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

103
CONSUMERISM
3. In pairs, calculate your scores and read the description. Do you agree with it? Why/Why not?

ARE YOU A SHOPAHOLIC? – THE RESULTS!

A answers = 1 point B answers = 3 points C answers = 5 points

10-19 30-39
You really dislike shopping, either because you don’t You are fashionable and enjoy shopping. It’s one
like to spend much money or have reasons such as of your hobbies and makes you feel better when
protecting the environment. You don’t care much you’re upset. There is probably something you collect,
about fashion and will wear anything if it’s cheap and such as shoes, hats or games… You sometimes spend
comfortable. more than you should, although you can
usually control yourself.

40-50
20-29
You are obsessed with shopping and you need to calm
You don’t mind shopping but would rather wait for
down. You can’t go out without buying something,
sales. You want to balance looking good with having
even if you don’t need anything. Your credit card
clothes that you can use for a long time, so fashion isn’t
bills are high and you might owe money to the bank.
that important to you. Life isn’t only about shopping.
Maybe you should get some help.

Vocabulary

1. Read the statements and match the words in bold with their definitions.

___ to get something from somebody that

a) I prefer to carry a lot of cash in my wallet when I go out. must be returned

___ to make a plan for spending money

b) In my opinion, a high income is more important than a fun job.

___ something good at a low price

c) I will always lend money to my friends if they ask for help.

___ money in coins and notes

d) The living expenses in Australia are reasonable.

___ money that you spend

e) I don’t like to borrow money from my parents.

___ money you receive for working

f) I find it hard to budget for how I will spend my money.

___ money owed to a person, bank or

g) People have more debt these days compared to the past. company

___ to give something to somebody for a

h) If something is a bargain, I might buy it…even if I don’t need it! period of time

2. Work in pairs and discuss. Do you agree or disagree with the statements in exercise 1?

104
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
Reading

1. Work in pairs. Look at the photos and discuss:

a) Have you ever bought something because you saw it in an advertisement?
b) What’s one thing you don’t own, but you want to have? Why do you want it?
c) Do you enjoy reading brochures or looking for bargains online? What websites do you use?

2. Work in groups of 3 and read the articles (Student A: Read “Salespeople” / Student B: Read “Supermarkets” /
Student C: Read “Advertising”). Then, tell your partners about your article.

SECRET STRATEGIES FOR SUCCESSFUL SALES

SALESPEOPLE
1)_____________. However, the most professional salespeople are able to sell anything, to anyone, at any time. Most
people prefer to speak than listen, and salespeople use this to their advantage. If they ask a customer what they want
before showing them how their product is the best, the chance of making a sale increases.

2) ____________. They do this by chatting to a buyer about the weather, their hobbies and their family. If a customer
believes the salesperson is their friend, they will most likely return to the same man or woman for future purchases.

3) __________. If you make a joke, the salesperson will make a joke too. If you want details, the salesperson will provide
them. Sometimes, the salesperson will even copy the body language and gestures of a buyer. Lastly, salespeople will use
language to persuade you to buy something. For example, they will never say “If you buy…”, but “When you buy…”, so
the sale becomes a certainty.

SUPERMARKETS
4) ___________. For example, when supermarkets introduced shopping baskets in the 1950s, they were an immediate success.
Customers could carry, and as a result, buy a lot more each time they visited. Soon after, trolleys were introduced, and
the bigger the trolley, the more people bought.

5) ___________. Special lights are used to make the supermarket seem bright and friendly, and to make the fruit and
vegetables look fresher. They play pleasant music that helps us to relax, and they even blow the scent of freshly-baked
bread from their in-store bakery around the shop!
6) ___________. These are people who welcome you and make you feel like you are ‘at home’. This illusion of community
is important in persuading people that visiting a huge supermarket isn’t different from supporting a small local store.

ADVERTISING
7) ___________. A person’s emotional response to a product is very important. When an advertisement makes us feel good,
or reminds us of things we enjoy and love, then we start to associate good feelings with a product.

8) ___________. That’s why advertisements often use famous people, because of their successful lifestyles. Famous
sportspeople sell us sports equipment and when we buy it, we can also feel their success. In a recent study, it was found
that ads with celebrities were ten percent more effective than ads without.
9) ___________. Humour can be used, as funny adverts are usually remembered for longer and are shared on social media.
When a chocolate advert makes our mouth water, we will definitely buy it. Advertisers want you to want their products.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

105
CONSUMERISM
3. Read all of the articles in exercise 2 and fill the gaps using the sentences below.
a) They help us enjoy shopping by making the environment pleasant.
b) Getting to know a customer is an important sales technique.
c) They always have good ideas to make us buy more.
d) It is very important to appeal to our senses.
e) Some stores have ‘greeters’.
f) Most people buy things when they really need or want them.
g) People respond well to adverts that show a lifestyle that we would like to have.
h) In some cases, they will try to behave like a buyer.
i) Although they may focus on what a product does, they also focus on how products make us feel.

4. Work in pairs and discuss

a) Have you ever worked in retail? Was it easy for you to persuade a customer to buy something?
b) When you’re shopping, do you prefer to browse on your own or have a salesperson help you?
c) Is there a particular shop/café/etc that you keep visiting because you know the people who work there?
d) When you go grocery shopping, do you prefer to buy a lot once a week, or a little a few times a week?
e) Is there a particular brand that you always buy? Eg. Nike, Louis Vuitton etc.
f) Have you ever bought something because your favourite celebrity uses/advertised it?
g) Would you prefer to buy from a large supermarket, or a small local store?

vocabulary

1. Work in pairs. Look at the photos and discuss the questions.

a) Where are these souvenirs from?
b) Would you buy these for your friends or family?
c) Which three are the best?

106
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
2. Put the words into three groups:
a) material
b) how things are made
c) objects

plastic doll silk carved mug printed

bottle opener straw keychain painted magnet leather

ceramic handmade statue wood pencil case woven

3. Work in pairs. Describe the things in the photos using words from exercise 2.

Listening

1. Listen to four people talking about gifts and souvenirs. What countries or souvenirs are mentioned?
TRACK
7.1
2. Listen and match each speaker (1-4) to the sentences. There are some that you do not need.
Which person…
a) threw away the gift?
b) wasn’t happy with the gift?
c) is an English teacher?
d) was given a useful souvenir?
e) collects magnets?
f) prefers food or drinks as a souvenir?
g) broke a souvenir?
h) keeps all of their souvenirs in the kitchen?

3. Work in pairs. Discuss which speakers had which souvenir, and how they were described. Listen and check.

a model an apron a drink a tie a paperweight pannetone

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

107
 CONSUMERISM
4. Work in pairs and discuss.
a) What are some popular souvenirs from your country?
b) Do you prefer a souvenir you can keep or eat/drink?
c) Have you ever received a useful souvenir? What was it?
d) What’s the worst souvenir you’ve received? Did you keep it?
e) What souvenirs will you buy in Australia for your friends and family? Where will you go to buy them?
f) If you buy something from the markets in your country, is it common to negotiate a price?

5. Decide if a seller (S) or buyer (B) would say these phrases.

a) “That’s very expensive.”
b) “It’s top quality.”
c) “I’ve seen similar ones that are cheaper.”
d) “It’s genuine.”
e) “It’ll last forever.”
f) “I don’t have much money left.”
g) “I won’t make any money like that.”
h) “Take it or leave it. I can’t go lower than that.”

6. Listen to two people negotiating the price of a leather jacket and check your ideas.
TRACK
7.2

7. What are some other things a seller or buyer might say? Make a list with a partner.

8. Work in pairs. Student A is a tourist thinking of buying a souvenir for their friends/family. Student B is the
seller. After a price has been negotiated, swap.

$200 $40 $350 $800

108
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
Reading

1. Work in pairs and discuss. Do you agree with these quotes about money? Why/Why not?
• “Time is money” • “You must spend money to make money”
• “The best things in life are free” • “Friendship and money are like oil and water”
2. Look at the title of the article and the pictures. What are the advantages and disadvantages of being a
millionaire at 16?

A MILLIONAIRE AT 16

Unlike most 16-year-olds who are doing homework and going to school, Ben Pasternak is worrying about living
on his own and being the CEO of a tech company in New York.

It’s a surprise because only 6 months ago, Pasternak was living with his family in Sydney. Nowadays, he’s trying
to cope in a foreign city on his own. “There’s so much stuff I’ve got to take care of, like cleaning dishes and
washing clothes in the place where I’m staying” says the teenage entrepreneur. Even paying the bills is a problem,
because he keeps forgetting them.

So how did a 16-year-old end up as a CEO in a foreign country? One year ago, Pasternak was just another average
teenager. During one boring science class, he secretly designed a free game which he called Impossible Rush. In
2016, when the app was released, it was a huge success and was downloaded more than 15 million times.

He was noticed by tech giants such as Google and Facebook and he eventually met with people in Silicon Valley.
He was offered a huge amount of money to work on a new venture so he decided to drop out of school in Year 10
and move to the US to continue developing apps.

While he doesn’t miss school, he does get homesick when he hears from his former classmates who call him
every few days. However, he is enjoying his new challenges in life and he’s a talented creator whose name you’ll
definitely be hearing about again!

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

109
CONSUMERISM
3. Read the article and answer the questions.

1) What is the writer’s main purpose in writing this text?

a) to advise people to create apps
b) to explain how to make money
c) to describe the life of a teenager
d) to complain about people living by themselves

2) When Ben Pasternak moved to New York…

a) he started to miss going to school
b) he found it difficult to do things by himself
c) he began feeling nervous about what will happen in the future
d) he designed an app called ‘Impossible Rush’

3) His first app…

a) made him millions of dollars
b) was created as a project in his science class
c) was made to help science students
d) got the attention of large companies

4. Tell your partner the answers to these questions. Try not to look at the text again.
a) Why is it difficult for Ben to live alone?
b) What was the name of the app that Ben designed?
c) When and where did he design the app?
d) How many times was the app downloaded?
e) Why did Ben decide to drop out of school and move to the United States?
f) What does Ben miss about his life in Sydney?

GRAMMAR POINT 1 : DEFINING AND

NON-DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES
1. Match the sentences using the information from the text.

a) Ben Pasternak created an app ___ where he needs to cook and clean by himself

b) He lives in an apartment ___ whose name will be easily recognisable in the future

c) He has friends from school ___ which was downloaded over 15 million times

d) He’s a talented young designer ___ who call him a few times a week

These are examples of defining/non-defining relative clauses.

They define exactly who or what we are talking about, and give
essential/extra information about a person, place or thing.

110
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
2. Complete the table.

Relative Pronoun
Example
Relative Adverb

This is the person _______won the prize.

People
Can they find the person _______ John needs to talk to?

A photocopier is a machine _______ makes copies of documents.

Things/animals
This is the necklace _______ my grandmother gave me.

Places This is the place _______ I met my girlfriend for the first time.

Possessions That’s the boy _______ father owns a big company.

Time Yesterday was the day _______everything went wrong!

3. Link the two sentences using who, which, where, whose or when.
a) That’s the park. The concert will be held there.
b) I work for a small business. You’ve probably never heard of the business.
c) Children love to go to the beach. They can play on the sand or in the water.
d) I still haven’t finished reading the books. I got the books for Christmas.
e) He’s an actor. His movies are always popular.
f) Yesterday, I met a woman. She had won the lottery.
g) I love the start of spring. Flowers begin to grow then.
h) I really like that guy. You brought that guy to the party.
i) This is the new book. It has already sold 500,000 copies.
j) They’re the new students. Mary introduced the new students to us yesterday.

4. Look at the sentences in exercise 3. In which ones can we leave out the relative pronoun?

When the relative pronouns who, which, or that are the subject/object of the relative
clause, we can leave them out.

5. Look at the sentences. What is the difference in meaning?

a) His sister who works at the school is a friend of mine.
b) His sister, who works at the school, is a friend of mine.

The second sentence is an example of a defining/non-defining relative clause.

It gives essential/extra information about a person, place or thing and is/is not
essential to the meaning of the sentence.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

111
 CONSUMERISM
6. Complete the table.

Defining Relative Clauses Non-Defining Relative Clauses

can/can’t replace which and who with that

can/can’t replace which and who with that
e.g. My grandmother, ________ is 65 years old,
e.g. Children ________ dislike chocolate are uncommon
lives in Perth.

can/can’t leave out which, who and that when it is can/can’t leave out which, who or that,
the object of the relative clause. even if it’s the object of the relative clause.
e.g. That was the best movie __________ I’ve ever seen. e.g. My friend Tom, ________ I went to school with,
is leaving Australia next year.

are/aren’t separated from the rest

are/aren’t separated from the rest of
of the sentence by commas.
the sentence by commas
e.g. The Opera house __ which was built in 1959 __
e.g. The person who came with her has already left.
is one of the most popular tourist attractions in Sydney.

7. Complete the sentences with who, which or whose. 8. Work in pairs and discuss.
Use commas if necessary. a) Describe one thing that you bought recently.
a) Our office is pretty old has 20 rooms. b) Describe a place where you go to relax in Australia/
b) A judge is someone works in a courtroom. your country.
c) The boy you saw at the disco was Toby. c) Describe a friend who you’ve known for a long time.
d) My friend was unemployed has a new job. d) Describe a classmate whose culture is very different
e) Venetia is my roommate lived in Paris. to yours.
f) Was the telephone number you gave me correct? e) Describe a time when you felt extremely happy.
g) I asked the teacher explained it to me.
h) The receptionist is on the second floor can help you.
i) Your map was very useful is on the desk.

Listening

1. Look at the pictures in pairs. What can you see? What are the advantages and disadvantages of each lifestyle?

2. Do you agree with the statement: “Happiness is not found in seeking more, but in learning to enjoy less”?

3. Watch the video/listen to the audio of a family of 5 who decided to move to a tiny house in the countryside.
TRACK
7.3
4. Listen again and decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).
a) The woman expected that moving to a tiny house would be difficult.
b) The woman believes that people need to have the best technology and a lot of space.
c) The family enjoys taking care of animals on their farm.
d) The man believes it will be easy for their children to enjoy living in a tiny house.
e) The woman thinks that people should think very carefully before moving to a tiny house.
f) Everything in their new house is working properly.

112
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
GRAMMAR POINT 2 : COUNTABLE AND
UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS + QUANTIFIERS
1. Look at some of the sentences from the listening. Are the nouns countable or uncountable?
a) …A tip for anyone considering going tiny, is just to do it…
b) … to have all the latest gadgets, you need to have the big house…
c) …The experience has taught us so far that we don’t need all the stuff, all the space…
d) …Milking the cows, fresh milk every morning…
e) …Really glad we chose the property…

Separate objects that we can count are usually ____________________ nouns.

__________________ nouns are often liquids, substances or have abstract qualities, but there are exceptions.

2. Complete the table.

café advice suitcase scenery cash luggage

sugar journey weather view toast climate

coffee news meal travel tip information

COUNTABLE NOUNS UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS

Some nouns can be countable or uncountable, but they are used in different situations.
chocolate (a bar) vs. a chocolate (in a box)
ice cream (in a bowl) vs. an ice cream (in a cone)

3. Look at the word in bold. Is it countable or uncountable?

a) Hey, would you like some cake? It’s my birthday!
b) My classmates bought me a cake for my birthday. I was so surprised!
c) Do you want some pizza? It’s delicious!
d) I ordered some pizzas for the party.
e) Excuse me waiter, but I found a hair in my soup.
f) I really need to have my hair cut.
g) I dropped my glass on the floor and it broke.
h) Be careful, there is some broken glass on the floor.

Countable nouns have __________ and __________ forms.

__________ countable nouns use –s to make them plural, but __________ nouns have special plural forms.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

113
CONSUMERISM
4. Complete the spelling rule table

most nouns +____ a suitcase ->

nouns ending with s, ch, sh, x +____ a match ->

nouns ending with a vowel + y +____ a play ->

nouns ending with a consonant + y -____+ ____ a ferry ->

nouns ending with a vowel + o +____ a kangaroo ->

nouns ending with a consonant + o +____ a hero ->

nouns ending with f or fe -____+ ____ a knife ->

5. Read the text and complete the gaps with the correct forms of the words in the box below.

advice restaurant album technology responsibility

possession couch apartment bill person

M INIMALIST LIVING
Andrew Hyde is a successful technology entrepreneur who is constantly travelling between New York and
Silicon Valley. In his career, he has made a lot of money. However, instead of living in a luxurious 1 __________
and dining in expensive 2 __________, he has chosen to be homeless instead.

Instead of owning a lot, he has reduced the number of his 3 __________ to only 15. He did this to free himself
from all the 4 __________ he had when he had too many belongings. He took the 5 __________ of Socrates
who once said, “Happiness is not found in seeking more, but in learning to enjoy less.”

Andrew is not the only one. Plenty of other 6 __________ like Chris Yurista have also started a life of minimalist
living. He gave up his home and now sleeps on his friends’ 7 __________. “The internet has replaced my need
for an address,” says Chris. He now receives all of his 8 __________ electronically, and his once huge record
collection of over 2000 9
__________ is now kept on an external hard drive. “My life doesn’t feel empty,
because I use 10 __________ to my advantage. I just hope that my hard drive doesn’t crash!”

114
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
6. What kind of noun (countable or uncountable) follows the word/phrase in bold?
a) …he has made a lot of…
b) …he had too many…
c) … plenty of…

__________ is used before __________ to express an amount or quantity.

They can be used with plural nouns, uncountable nouns or both.

7. Complete the table.

Any, much and many are usually used in __________ sentences and __________.
Too, so and as can also be used with much and many in __________ sentences.

8. Complete the text with the correct word

Early on Saturday morning, Elaine was getting ready for her usual weekend routine. First she stretched for a 1 few
minutes before eating a 2 _______ of slices of toast and drinking coffee. Next, she had a quick shower and got dressed.

Her first stop was the shoe shop where she picked up 3 _______ pairs of shoes. Next, she spent a 4 _______of time at
the department store and bought make up and clothes. Lastly, she went to an expensive boutique but didn’t buy
5
_______ accessories. “Unfortunately, I don’t have 6 _______ money for these!” she said. By the end of the day, she
had spent about $1000 dollars.

Elaine is a shopaholic and admits that she doesn’t even use a 7 _______ the things she buys. She believes that shopping
is a reward for working so hard during the week. “I don’t have 8 _______ free time so I enjoy spending money on myself.
I don’t think it’s possible to have too 9 _______ things if they make you happy.” 10 _______ of people have bad habits
like drinking or smoking, so is being addicted to shopping so bad?

1. a. several b. few c. lot d. many

2. a. couple b. much c. plenty d. few

3. a. few b. several c. much d. bit

4. a. bit b. many c. much d. little

5. a. lot of b. some c. much d. any

6. a. several b. many c. enough d. a few

7. a. plenty of b. several c. lot of d. many

8. a. much b. many c. a lot d. a bit

9. a. couple of b. many c. a lot d. much

10. a. no b. some c. plenty d. many

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

115
CONSUMERISM
9. Complete the questions with an appropriate quantifier. Then, work in pairs and discuss.
a) Do you drink more than a ____________ cups of coffee each day?
b) Do you own _____________ pairs of shoes?
c) Do you have as ____________ free time in Australia as you had in your country?
d) Do you have ______________ space in your room in Australia?
e) How ______________ countries have you visited?
f) What do you enjoy spending ________________ money on?

Writing

1. Work in pairs and discuss.

a) Do you recognise any of these websites? Do you use them?
b) How often do you shop online in Australia/your country?
c) Have you had any bad online shopping experiences?
d) Do you prefer to go to see something in a shop or buy something online?
e) Have you ever sold something online? Which website did you use?

2. In pairs, imagine you want to sell a used smartphone. What type of information is important to include in the
advert?

USED IPHONE 4S, URGENT SALE!

$400 O.N.O.
For sale is a used white iPhone 4S that I’ve had for about 2 years. When I
received it as a present on my 21st birthday from my parents, I was so excited!
It’s in fantastic condition and comes with all its original accessories (earphones,
cable and charger).
I’m selling it because I’ve decided to change to the newest model, and won’t
need it anymore. I’m thinking about changing to Samsung, but I still haven’t
made a decision yet.
Payment can be by cash on pickup or PayPal. If you’ve never used Paypal before,
you should try it! Pick up in the CBD only.
If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me.

S SEND
END MESSAGE
ME A E
SS G

116
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 07
3. Read the advert and complete the table.

A. Item Description

B. Item Condition

C. Reason for Selling

D. Price

E. Payment

F. Postage details

4. Read the sentences and add them to the table in exercise 3. What other sentences could you use?

No unreasonable offers
It’s a size M There are a few scratches It is an unwanted gift
please
It can be sent at an
I’ll be leaving Australia soon bank transfer It’s in good working order
additional cost

Make me an offer Free shipping It’s in mint condition Strictly pick up only

It comes with a 2 year

It measures 1m by 50cm I hardly ever use it anymore The price is non- negotiable
warranty

5. Look at the advert for the iPhone again. Some information is not relevant. Cross out 3 sentences that are not
necessary.

6. Think of something you want to sell and write an advert. Make sure to include all the information from
exercise 3.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

117
WHAT A
DISASTER!

08
UNIT

MARIA YURYEVNA SHARAPOVA (RUSSIAN: BORN APRIL 19, 1987) IS A RUSSIAN PROFESSIONAL
TENNIS PLAYER. ] SHARAPOVA HAS COMPETED ON THE WTA TOUR SINCE 2001. SHE HAS BEEN
RANKED WORLD NO. 1 IN SINGLES BY THE WTA ON FIVE SEPARATE OCCASIONS, FOR A TOTAL OF
21 WEEKS. SHE IS ONE OF TEN WOMEN, AND THE ONLY RUSSIAN, TO HOLD THE CAREER GRAND
SLAM. SHE IS ALSO AN OLYMPIC MEDALIST.
118
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 08
IN THIS UNIT...

Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing

Accidents and injuries Past Perfect & Narrative tenses, Extreme Telling a story using
Confusing words adjectives narrative tenses

Speaking
1. Look at the film poster above and answer the following
questions with a partner:
a) Have you seen this film?
If yes, what is it about? Did you enjoy it? Why/why not?
If not, have you heard of it before? What do you know about it?
b) The story of the Titanic is an example of a disaster. What are some other disasters?
What were the causes of them? What were the results?
c) What other disaster films have you seen? Do you enjoy watching these kinds of films? Why/why not?

Reading
1. You are going to read a true-life account of a passenger, Mark, who took this flight in 2009.
Before reading, have a look at this photo and discuss these questions with a partner:
a) What do you think Mark’s reaction was when he realised the airplane was going to crash?
b) How do you think he reacted when he realised the pilot had saved them all?

8
2. Now read the text to see if you and your partner were right.

Mark Smith was on his way back to New York in January 2009 when
his plane, US Airways Flight 1549, crash-landed into the Hudson River.
This is his story:
I’m usually one of those people who avoids the emergency exit row, but
the flight was so full that I had no other choice. We had just taken off and reached cruising altitude when, all of a sudden,
there was a loud bang! Some people were shocked into silence, while a few others started screaming. Next thing we
knew, the plane began heading downwards. All we could see out of the window were the banks of the Hudson River,
which meant we were heading straight for the water! Everybody started panicking. There were only two things on my
mind: my wife and my 2-year-old daughter. I thought to myself, ‘This is it: I’ll never see them again!’ After a few minutes,
the captain made an announcement: “This is your captain speaking. It’s time to brace yourselves for impact!”

I then realised that the pilot was going to try and land on the water and because I was sitting in the exit row, I would
have to help get the door open so we could evacuate the plane as quickly as possible once we had landed. I suddenly felt
the weight of responsibility on my shoulders. In my head I started picturing the emergency landing instructions I had
read before take-off. Suddenly, there was a crash and more screaming could be heard from the other passengers. A flight
attendant yelled at me to open the door, but the woman sitting next to me jumped up and started trying to pull the door
inwards. “You have to push, not pull it!” the flight attendant shouted. I started helping the woman and, soon enough, the
door was open.
The first thing that hit me was the cold – winter in New York is probably the coldest I’ve ever experienced – then we all
started making our way out onto the wing of the airplane. Hardly anyone had jackets on, and it was freezing. It wasn’t
long before the wing of the plane began sinking underwater. However, not long after that, the first ferry arrived, and the
crew started pulling us on board to safety. Thankfully, all the passengers, myself included, had survived. It was all thanks
to the bravery of the captain.
People often ask me: “What got you through this ordeal?” and I always tell them it would have been silly to freak out
and lose control, so all I did was take one step at a time and remain calm. That doesn’t mean that I didn’t have a good cry
when I was on my own at last though.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

119
WHAT A DISASTER!
3. Without looking back at the text, decide whether the following statements are TRUE or FALSE.
If the answer is FALSE, say why:
a) Mark was happy about which row he was sitting in.
b) Some passengers on the plane screamed when they heard the explosion.
c) Mark has a daughter who is 2 years old.
d) Mark read the emergency landing instructions before the plane took off.
e) He was the first person to try and open the emergency exit door.
f) Winter in New York isn't very cold.
g) A rescue team arrived by helicopter.
h) The situation didn’t upset him at all.

4. Read the definitions below and match them to the highlighted words in the text.
a) A noun which means a very unpleasant and painful or difficult experience.
b) An adverb which means towards the inside.
c) A noun which means height above sea level.
d) A noun which means the land, especially along the sides of a river.
e) A phrasal verb which means to become or cause someone to become extremely emotional.
f) A verb which means falling or moving to a lower level.
g) A verb which means shouted something or made a loud noise, usually when you are angry, in pain, or excited.
h) A verb phrase which means to prepare yourself physically or mentally for something unpleasant.
i) A verb which means to move people from a dangerous place to somewhere safe.
j) A noun which means a boat or ship for taking passengers and often vehicles across an area of water.
k) A noun which means the force or action of one object hitting another.
l) A noun which means behaviour or actions which show no fear of dangerous or difficult things.

5. Now ask and answer the following questions with your partner:
a) How would you have reacted if you had been in this situation?
b) Have you ever experienced a plane crash or a very difficult flight? What thoughts went through your head?
c) Does air travel make you nervous at all? How do you prefer to travel?

Vocabulary
ACCIDENTS AND INJURIES

1. All of the words in the box are related to accidents or injuries. Tick the ones you know and circle the ones
you don't.

a bite a blister a break a bruise poisoning

to faint to fall down to fall off an infection to crash into sth
a sprain to slip a splinter a sting to fall into sth
a suntan to trip a burn a sunburn a graze/ to graze

120
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 08
2. Now read the following sentences and choose the most appropriate word:
a) I was taking my dinner out of the oven but didn’t realise how hot it was and bruised / burned my fingers.
b) I was running to catch the train, but I tripped / slipped on a rock and hurt my ankle.
c) It was my first time to go horse-riding. When the horse suddenly moved, I fell down / fell off.
d) When I went for a walk in the Botanical Gardens, I was stung / bitten by a bee.
e) As I was cycling down the main road, a dog ran out in front of me and I crashed into / fell into it.
f) I ate prawns at my local Thai restaurant last night and felt sick all day today. I must have got food
infection / poisoning.
g) I was jogging when I tripped and grazed / cut my knee on the concrete.
h) I walked along the beach for an hour yesterday and got a really bad suntan / sunburn.
i) It was so hot on the train and there was no air conditioning, so I fainted / fell down.
j) When I went skiing on the weekend, I fell so hard that I broke/ sprained my arm and had to go to hospital.
k) The wooden chair in my kitchen broke and when I picked it up, I got a blister / splinter in my finger.

3. In pairs, discuss the differences between the following pairs of words and expressions:
a) a bruise / a burn g) a suntan / a sunburn
b) to trip / to slip h) to faint / to fall down
c) to fall down / to fall off i) a break / a sprain
d) a bite / a sting j. a blister / a splinter
e) to crash into something / to fall into something
f) infection / poisoning

Listening

1. You are now going to listen to a woman called Anna chatting to

TRACK Dan, her colleague, about his holiday. Listen to the recording.
8.1
Which words did you hear from Vocabulary exercise 3?

2. Read the following sentences taken from the listening and correct
any errors you find.

e.g. You went mountain biking in Australia Austria, didn’t you?

a) We’d been cycling in the hills around Kaunertal.

b) He went off the road into some trees and fell off.
c) We could see that his foot was very swollen.
d) The man driving said he’d take James to the nearest hospital.
e) We then walked back to our hotel and waited to hear from the hospital.
f) They rang and told me they’d given James an X-ray and there was something broken.
g) But the doctors told him not to cycle for 3 weeks.
h) I spoke to him today and he said he’s going to have to buy a new bike now.

3. Now discuss the following questions with a partner:

a) Have you or anyone else you know ever had an accident on holiday? What happened?
b) Do you always get travel insurance when you go on trips? What are the pros/cons of travel insurance?

Speaking
1. Read the following quote about coincidence. Do you agree with it? Discuss with a partner. "We don't
meet people by coincidence;
they are meant to cross our path for a reason."
2. Can you think of any coincidences you have experienced recently?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

121
WHAT A DISASTER!
Reading

1. In pairs, take turns reading each sentence of the story out loud. Highlight the words that you find difficult to
pronounce.

REAL LIFE COINCIDENCES

When Giselle Newton met Dominique Flower at the University of
Melbourne, their lives changed forever. Not only were they doing the
same Bachelor, but they were also taking almost exactly the same
subjects in linguistics and Spanish. As a result, they kept bumping into
each other on campus. At first, they were just acquaintances, but then
when Giselle came back from a semester abroad in Colombia, they
realised they had so much more in common. They shared a birthday,
they both spoke Spanish and Portuguese, and they were crazy about
dancing salsa. But the most surprising thing they discovered was that
they shared the same mother!
Both girls knew that they had been adopted by their respective
families when they were only 2 years old, but neither of them knew
they had been split up from a twin sister! It was only when Giselle’s
adopted mother came to stay for a weekend and met Dominique
for the first time that she realised how similar the girls were. She
suggested they take a DNA test, and the results confirmed her
suspicions – the girls were sisters. “I was ecstatic when I heard the
news, because I had always wanted a sibling,” says Giselle. “It’s the
greatest feeling in the world to know you’ve found your real family,”

adds Dominique.
Soon after they finished their studies, Dominique became an English teacher while Giselle decided to travel around
the world for a few months. But they kept in close contact via social media the whole time, and when Giselle
returned from her travels, she too became a teacher at the school where Dominique was working. Nowadays Giselle
is living and teaching in Sydney, and Dominique is married and a mother to a 10-month-old boy. However, the
women still see each other every few months.

2. Put the events from the story into the correct order and compare with your partner once you have finished.
a) Dominique met Giselle’s adopted mother. ___
b) They found out they had been split up from a twin sister. ___
c) Giselle returned from her travels around the world. ___
d) Dominique started teaching English. ___
e) They met at university. ___
f) Giselle became an English teacher. ___
g) Giselle spent a semester studying in Colombia. ___

3. Have a look at the words in the text highlighted in orange. Match the definitions to the words:
a) _________________ = a brother or sister.
b) _________________ = a person that you have met but do not know well.
c) _________________ = beliefs or ideas that something may be true.
d) _________________ = meeting someone you know when you have not planned to meet them.
e) _________________ = one of the periods into which a year is divided at a college or university.
f) _________________ = relating or belonging to each of the separate people or things you have just mentioned.
g) _________________ = the scientific study of the structure and development of language in general or of
particular languages.

122
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 08
4. Complete the sentences with a partner:
a) The last person I bumped into was…
b) I have __ sibling/s (tell your partner about them)
OR I don’t have any siblings but if I did, I’d like a brother/sister because…
c) I would like/wouldn’t like to study linguistics because…
d) An acquaintance I see quite often is…

GRAMMAR POINT 1 : PAST PERFECT

1. Read this sentence from the twins’ story

They found out they had both learned to dance salsa.

This sentence can be divided into 2 parts:

A. They found out...
B. …they had both learned to dance salsa.

a) Underline the verbs in each part.

b) Which tenses are they in?
c) Draw 2 crosses (X) on the timeline below to indicate where you would put these 2 parts and mark them A or B:
NOW

THE PAST THE FUTURE

2. Complete the following sentences with the correct tenses:

FUNCTION

We use _______________________ for completed actions and to talk about a sequence of events in the past.

FORM: Regular (-d/-ed) & Irregular verbs

FUNCTION
We use ____________________________ to show a past action happened earlier than another past action and to
make it clear that the action is out of sequence / to make the order clear.
FORM: ‘had/hadn’t’ + past participle

3. Now complete these sentences using the PAST PERFECT tense:

a) He ____________________ (live) in New Zealand before he came to Australia.
b) She started to feel ill after she ____________________ (eat) some sushi.
c) He failed the test because he ____________________ (not/study) enough.
d) When I got to the tram stop, I noticed the tram ____________________ (already/leave).
e) The students ____________________ (not/do) their homework, which made the teacher angry.
f) When I saw him I realised I ____________________ (met) him at a party last week.
g) We almost missed our flight because we ____________________ (forget) our passports.
h) She ____________________ (never/use) Instagram before, so I showed her how.
i) The electricity in our house went off because my housemate ____________________ (not/pay) the bill.
j) When we ____________________ (finish) work, we went out for dinner.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

123
WHAT A DISASTER!
4. Underline the PAST SIMPLE verbs in the sentences above.

The PAST PERFECT tense is often used together with the PAST SIMPLE to show a past action
happened earlier than another past action and to make the order clear.

5. In pairs, discuss these questions with a partner using the PAST PERFECT and PAST SIMPLE:
a) What made you decide to move to Australia? Had you been to Australia or another English-speaking
country before?
b) Had you done any research before choosing a school?
c) Were you completely ready for your new life in Australia before you came?
What had you done to prepare?
d) Had you already found a flat/house when you started studying English here?
e) Had you studied English in your country before you came here?

Vocabulary

1. Match the commonly confused words to their meanings:

WORK a) the particular type of work that you do

JOB b) what you do to earn money

LEND a) to give something to someone so that can use it for short time
BORROW b) to take something from someone with permission, use it, and return it

REMIND a) when something comes back into your mind

REMEMBER b) to let someone know they need to do something

LOSE a) when you are late for something

MISS b) when you cannot find something

COME a) used to show movement toward or in the direction of the speaker

GO b) used to show movement away from the speaker or the person being spoken to

TRAVEL a) a general word for talking about moving from one place to another
TRIP b) a specific journey and the time you spend there

FUN a) to talk about activities you enjoy doing

FUNNY b) describes something that makes you laugh

SAY a) someone something

TELL b) something (to someone)

124
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 08
2. In pairs, choose the correct word in the following pairs of sentences:

a) I want to find a work/job as a barista in Melbourne.

I start work/job at 9am every day.

b) If you need some money, I can lend/borrow you some.

Can I lend/borrow your eraser?

c) Please remind/remember me to buy some milk and bread tonight.

I always remind/remember people’s faces, but not their names.

d) I’m sorry I’m late, I lost/missed the train.

Please help me, I think I lost/missed my mobile phone charger.

e) Welcome back! How was your travel/trip?

The price includes travel/trip and accommodation but food is extra.

f) A: How was the party last night? B: It was fun/funny.

I think Adam Sandler is such a fun/funny actor.

g) She said/told me she would be late for class.

She said/told her name was Addison.

3. Complete these sentences with the correct words from Exercise 1:

a) When was the last time you ______________ a train? Why/what happened?
b) Did you have a ______________ in your country before you came to Australia? What did you do?
c) When was the last time you went to a ______________ party? What happened?
d) How often do you ______________? Which countries have you been to?
e) How do you usually ___________ yourself to do things? (e.g. use Google Calendar) Do you think this is effective?
f) When was the last time you ______________ “I love you” to someone?
g) Would you ______________ $1,000 to a friend if they asked you? Why/why not?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

125
WHAT A DISASTER!
Listening

1. Read the instructions for each part of the song, then listen and try to complete it with the correct answers.

Put the lines from the song in the correct order:

____ And I don't need no carryin' on
____ They tell me your blue skies fade to grey
____ They tell me your passion's gone away
____ Where is the moment we needed the most
____ You kick up the leaves and the magic is lost

Choose the correct word:

You stand in the queue/line just to hit a new low
You're faking a smile/cry with the coffee to go
You tell me your life's been way off line/time
You're falling/coming to pieces every time
And I don't need no carryin' on

Correct any mistakes you hear:

CHORUS:
(oh, on a holiday)
('Cause) you had a bad day
You're sitting one down Put the lines from the song in the correct order:
You sing a sad song just to turn it loud ____ And I'm not wrong
You say you don't mind ____ And the whole thing turns out wrong
You tell me don't try ____ Sometimes the system goes on the blink
You work at a smile and you go for a swim ____ That you could be well, oh, that strong
You had a bad day
____ You might not make it back and you know
The photo don't lie
You're coming back down and you really don't find
(yeah, yeah, yeah, yeah)
You had a bad day (x 2)
Well, you need a blue sky holiday So where is the passion when you need it the most
The point is they laugh at what you say Oh, you and I
And I don't need no carryin' on You kick up the leaves and the magic is lost

CHORUS CHORUS

2. Discuss the following questions with your partner. Remember to ask “How/What about you?”
a) When was the last time you had a ‘bad day’?
b) What do you usually do to make yourself feel better?

126
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 08
GRAMMAR POINT 2: NARRATIVE TENSES
1. You are now going to listen to your teacher dictating a story about a bad day at work. Try to write down all
the words you hear into your notebook.

You are allowed to say 3 words as your teacher reads:

a) STOP = your teacher will stop talking

b) REWIND = your teacher will go back to the

beginning of the sentence

c) PLAY = your teacher will continue talking

2. Complete the gaps in the following sentences from the dictation:

Then, while I 1 ______________________ for class, the receptionist 2 ________________ me that I

3
__________________ five new students but she 4 ____________________________ enough books for them.

3. Match the numbers to the tenses below:

PAST SIMPLE ___ / ___
PAST CONTINUOUS ___
PAST PERFECT ___

The tenses above are known as NARRATIVE TENSES

and are often used together when people are telling a story.

4. Read the story below and complete the gaps with the correct NARRATIVE TENSES using the verbs in
brackets:

Every day I get up at 7:30am, but yesterday, because I 1 ____________________ (forget) to set my alarm the day
before, I overslept and 2 ____________________ (not get up) until 8am. Then I 3 ____________________ (miss) the
train and had to wait half an hour for the next one. Of course, I 4 ____________________ (be) late for work and my
boss was furious when he 5 ____________________ (see) me arrive. Everything went well until lunchtime…while I
6
____________________ (walk) to the staff kitchen to have lunch, I 7 ____________________ (fall over) and
sprained my ankle, which meant I had to get a taxi home. Then, while I 8 ____________________ (talk) to the
driver, I realised I 9 ____________________ (leave) my mobile phone at work, so I couldn’t check my bank account
to see if I had enough money. When we 10____________________ (arrive) at my house, I had an argument with
the driver. He 11 ____________________ (shout) very loudly at me but luckily, at that moment, my housemate
12
____________________ (come) out and offered to lend me some cash to pay the driver. What a day, I really
hope tomorrow will be better!

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

127
WHAT A DISASTER!
Vocabulary
EXTREME ADJECTIVES

1. Work with a partner to complete the crossword with the correct words:

WHERE DID YOU GUYS GET THE COATS?

Across Down

4. very frightened 1. very angry

6. very dirty 2. very funny
7. very tired 3. very hot
8. very big 4. very small
9. very bad 5. very good
10. very happy 6. very cold
11. very pleased
12. very surprised
I'M FREEZING

2. Now ask and answer the following questions with a partner. Remember to ask “How/What about you?”

Tell me about…
…an excellent film you’ve seen. …a tiny person you know.
…a huge house/apartment you’ve seen. …a filthy place you’ve been to.
…a freezing place you’ve been to. …the most exhausted you’ve ever felt.
…an awful meal you’ve eaten. …a time when you felt terrified.
…a time when you felt furious. …the last time you felt ecstatic.
…the most astonishing piece of news you’ve ever read/heard. …a hilarious film you watched.

128
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 08
Writing
1. Match the time expressions on the left with their meaning on the right.
1. after a. next
2. as soon as b. after a long time, especially when there
3. in the end has been some difficulty or delay
4. then c. immediately after another thing happens
5. after a while d. after quite a short length of time
6. finally e. later than something; following something in time
7. suddenly f. (a length of time) after the previous event
8. (two hours/seven minutes/three days/etc) later g. quickly and unexpectedly
h. after a series of events
2. Read the story below and complete it with the correct TIME EXPRESSIONS from exercise 1.

MY NIGHTMARE TRIP
My nightmare trip happened a few years ago when I was in Dubai for a stopover. My friend, who lived there, said
she would drive me to the airport but 1)_____________________ we got on the freeway, I realised what a mistake we
made. There was so much traffic on the road that 2) _____________________ my friend suggested that I get out of the
car and walk to the nearest metro stop.

It takes me around 30 minutes to walk there, but 3)_______________________ I found the metro, bought a ticket and
got on. 4) _____________________ a couple of stops, I noticed that the names of the stops we was passing were not
the ones on the way to the airport, which meant I was go in the wrong direction! So I jumped off at the next stop and
run to the other side of the station to catch the next train.
5)
_____________________, while I was waiting, a stranger 6) __________________ came up to me and asked if I had
losted my passport. I quickly checked my pocket and realised that it wasn’t where I had left it. The kind stranger
handed me my passport and I thanked him numerous times before I got on the train.

7)
_____________________, when I had reached the airport, I discovered that thankfully, my flight had delayed and I
was just in time to check in. 8) _____________________ when I was finally on the plane, I started telling the person
sitting next to me about my crazy adventure.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

129
WHAT A DISASTER!
3. In the story there are seven grammar mistakes highlighted in yellow. Work with a partner to correct them.

4. Now you are going to write your own story. You can either write about a nightmare trip you have
experienced, or you can choose from one of the topics below:

• A TERRIBLE HOLIDAY YOU HAD

• AN IMPORTANT EVENT YOU MISSED BECAUSE YOU HAD OVERSLEPT
• A TIME WHEN YOU MADE YOUR PARENTS FURIOUS

Spend some time planning what you are going to write by making notes next to the questions:

PARAGRAPH 1 - When was the trip? Where were you?

Where were you going? Who were you with?

PARAGRAPH 2 - What happened next?

What went wrong?

PARAGRAPH 3 - What happened in the end?

You need to write a minimum of 100 words and remember to leave a space between paragraphs.

5. When you are finished, give your story to your partner and ask them to check for grammar, spelling and
punctuation mistakes. Then hand it in to your teacher.

130
FAKE NEWS

09
UNIT

ROBERT KELLY SLATER (BORN FEBRUARY 11, 1972) IS AN AMERICAN PROFESSIONAL SURFER
KNOWN FOR HIS COMPETITIVE PROWESS AND STYLE. HE HAS BEEN CROWNED WORLD SURF
LEAGUE CHAMPION A RECORD 11 TIMES, INCLUDING 5 CONSECUTIVE TITLES IN 1994–98. HE IS
THE YOUNGEST (AT AGE 20) AND THE OLDEST (AT AGE 39) TO WIN THE TITLE. UPON WINNING
HIS FIFTH WORLD TITLE IN 1997, SLATER PASSED AUSTRALIAN SURFER MARK RICHARDS TO
131
BECOME THE MOST SUCCESSFUL CHAMPION IN THE HISTORY OF THE SPORT.
FAKE NEWS
IN THIS UNIT...
Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing
News and talking Reported speech Reporting verbs A news report
about the news

Reading
WHAT DO YOU BELIEVE?
In a survey of Australians, it was found that:

39% of Australians say they trust news in general, but 53% trust news from their favourite
websites

59% of Australians in the survey use their smartphones to access news

48% say they use Facebook for news

Only 8% of people surveyed read newspapers

76% say international news is more important than news from Australia

1. Read the statistics above then discuss the questions below in pairs.
a) Which statistics do you find surprising?
b) Do you read the news? Is it important to read the news?
c) How do you access news?
d) Are you more interested in international news or news about your country?
e) Do you think the internet provides less accurate information than newspapers?

132
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
2. Read the article about everyday journalists then answer the questions with True or False.
a) Spreading news on social media is often quicker than on traditional media.
b) Janis Krums was a journalist.
c) We can use social media to help people in other countries.
d) Social media can be used for political reasons.
e) Fake news is always spread accidentally.

EVERYDAY JOURNALISTS
15 January 2009 was an interesting day in the media and not simply because a plane crashed into a river and
everyone survived. US airways Flight 1459 had just begun its flight when it crashed into the Hudson River.
Thankfully, all 155 passengers and crew survived.
Very quickly after the plane went down, a passenger
on a ferry, Janis Krums, then shared a photo on
Twitter describing what he had just witnessed. The
photo quickly went viral and spread the story 15
minutes before any news outlets had the chance.
Other people watching also started taking out their
phones and taking photos and videos and spreading
the news to the world more quickly than any form of
official media ever could.

Social media has also been used by ordinary people

not only to simply spread information around the
world, but also to help people during disasters.
Twitter spread international awareness of the January
2010 Haiti earthquake and told people ways to offer
aid. This led to millions of dollars being raised to help
victims and people who had lost their homes.

However, fake news spreads just as quickly on social

media as real news. While sometimes they are
mistakes, occasionally they are spread as deliberate
hoaxes and lies. Yet unlike social media, fake news has been around for thousands of years, since the time of
Cleopatra and Marc Antony when it was used for political purposes. More recently, fake news was used as a political
weapon in the US 2016 presidential election between Hilary Clinton and Donald Trump in an effort to influence the
result of the election. In this technological world, anyone can post their ideas on the internet, whether they are true
or not. It becomes difficult to know who to trust and what is truth. So it all comes down to, who do YOU believe?

3. Find words in the article which mean the following:

a) staff members of a plane/ship ____________________________________
b) suddenly become very popular through social media ____________________________________
c) to see an event or crime happen in front of your eyes ____________________________________
d) help (especially for people in emergency situations) ____________________________________
e) a person who a crime or accident happened to ____________________________________
f) a lie or invented situation intended to trick people ____________________________________
g) to persuade someone to do or think something different ____________________________________

4. Discuss the questions below with a partner.

a) Which forms of social media do you use?
b) What type of things do you usually post?
c) Have you ever posted about a big event?
d) Do you believe everything you read?
e) Which audiences are more likely to believe fake news?
f) How do you think a cultural background could affect how much fake news is believed?
g) What impact do you think fake news has had on you or people you know?
h) Do you believe that fake news has influenced election results? In which countries?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

133
 FAKE NEWS
Listening

1. Discuss with your partner:

a) Where do you usually get your news? List at least 5 sources.
b) Which websites do you think contain the most fake news?
c) Who is more likely to share fake news, young people or their parents?

2. Match the words with their definitions:

1. gullible ____ a) to become temporarily popular
2. catchy ____ b) misleading, causing a person to believe a lie or exaggeration
3. to circulate ____ c) a system of government that represents its people’s values
4. deceptive ____ d) attractive, eye-catching
5. a democracy ____ e) to find by chance (without looking for it)
6. a millennial ____ f) one-sided information (with a goal of hurting the other side)
7. propaganda ____ g) easily tricked or fooled
8. in the spotlight ____ h) a person born in the ‘80s or ‘90s
9. to stumble upon ____ i) to distribute a magazine, newspaper, or other printed material
10. to trend ____ j) the centre of attention

3. Listen and complete the gaps with the missing words.

TRACK
9.1

FAKE NEWS - SOMETHING SMELLS FISHY

1. Fake news is misinformation that people think is true. Social media users ______________________________
this content in their newsfeeds. This drives web traffic to ads and makes money for fake news websites.

2. Fake news sites often advertise that their content isn’t real. This doesn’t stop people from believing
or sharing it. In fact, a __________________________________ title is all a fake news piece needs to start
_____________________________ . Many people don’t even preview online content
before sharing it.

3. Some fake news is politically ____________________________________ . The 2016

US presidential election put this type of fake news ____________________________
________. Many Americans think Donald Trump won the election because of fake
news about his opponent. Others wonder how he won with so much fake news
______________________ about himself.

4. Some journalists describe fake news as a modern form of __________________________.

During the 2016 US election cycle, fake news was often more popular than real news. Does fake news threaten our
____________________________________?

5. You might think that young people are more likely to share fake news. This is not true. In fact, _________________
__________________________ are less likely to spread fake news than their parents or grandparents. This has more
to do with social media preferences than how ____________________________________ a generation is. Millennials
don’t use Facebook as much as their parents and grandparents, and Facebook users are more than twice as likely to
see and share fake news.

6. Is fake news creating an era of ____________________________________ , or is this a trend that will soon be
forgotten? What can you do to prevent fake news from trending?

134
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
4. Replace the words in bold with the words you have just learnt:
a) Advertisers need to be careful not to make any misleading claims about their products – or they could be taken
to court.
b) I was scrolling through Facebook when I found the cutest kitten video!
c) The generations born in the 80s and 90s are more likely to take selfies.
d) How easily tricked do you think you are?
e) Freedom of speech is one value that is important in a country where the government is elected by the people
and works for the people.
f) Before an election, there is a lot of political advertising where the facts may be exaggerated - or simply not true.
g) Yesterday I read a memorable and captivating article about the Hemsworth brothers.
h) Fairfax Media distribute the Sydney Morning Herald newspaper in the Sydney metropolitan area.
i) Mick Fanning was the centre of attention this morning when he announced his resignation from the surfing
profession.
j) A Channel 7 news reporter today announced that there has been a positive popular movement in increasing
recycling in the Eastern Suburbs.

5. In pairs answer the following questions using the vocabulary from Exercise 2.
a) Have you ever stumbled upon information about a famous celebrity in the media? What was it?
b) Do you think you are gullible when reading or watching the news?
c) When was the last time you read a catchy article?
d) Do you think millennials use social media too much? Why/Why not?
e) How is news circulated in your country? What are the most popular ways people obtain news in your country?
f) Can you remember a celebrity who has been in the spotlight recently for something they did?
g) Do you think a democracy is a fair society?
h) What kinds of things are trending in the news or social media right now?
i) Can you remember the last time you read or saw political propaganda?

6. Now discuss in groups.

a) Some people enjoy reading fake news for entertainment. Do you find fake news entertaining? Explain.
b) Do you think that fake news threatens democracy?
c) Should the government play a role in reducing the circulation of fake news? Why or why not?
d) Do social media users have the power to prevent fake news from trending? What responsibility do social media
CEOs have?
e) A lot of news stories have false information but are not entirely fake. Should users report these stories as fake
news?

Fake news is killing people’s minds

- Tim Cook, CEO, Apple

1. Check the vocabulary below. Match it with the meanings.

1. gurgling ____ a. a thing used to catch fish
2. net ____ b. something you really don’t like (adj)
3. unbearable ____ c. something you really don’t like (phrase)
4. can’t stand it ____ d. answer
5. loop ____ e. a circle or spiral
6. response ____ f. making the sound of water moving

2. Look at the pictures and quickly skim the articles (2 mins only). Then discuss with your partner:
a) Do you think these news stories are true?
b) How would you check that they are true?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

135
FAKE NEWS
Reading + Vocabulary
NEWS AROUND THE WORLD
HERE IS OUR SELECTION OF LAST WEEK’S STORIES

Australia

How safe are Sydney sea pools?

One early morning in Sydney, some people went for a swim in an outdoor
swimming pool next to the sea. The swimmers were shocked when a
lifeguard started shouting “Get out of the water! Hurry!” The swimmers got
out as quickly as they could. Then they realized that there was a shark inside
the pool. 1)____________________________. Luckily, nobody was hurt and
the shark was caught in a net before being released back into the sea.

Spain

A Terrible Ride

A tourist was enjoying his vacation in Port Aventura, Spain. In spite of having
an upset stomach, he agreed to go with his friends to the adventure park,
‘Ferrari Land’ and ride a roller coaster. The ride had already started when he
realized he was feeling very sick. His stomach was gurgling and when they
came to the first loop, 3) _______________________________________ The
vomit went everywhere and hit 14 other people on the ride.

Italy

The Old Ball ‘n’ Chain

An Italian man who was arrested for drug-related charges was serving his
time under house arrest. However, one week later he arrived at the police
station and told a police officer “Please arrest me!”
2)____________________________. The man said “It’s completely
unbearable! We just keep fighting. I can’t stand it anymore – I’d prefer to
be in prison!”

136
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
USA
Trump more afraid of books than guns
In response to reports that talk show queen, Oprah Winfrey may run
for president in 2020, current US president, 4) __________________
_________________

3. Read the stories again and complete the gaps with one of the sentences below

a) The shark had already attacked three people.

1) Australia
b) A large wave had carried the shark into the pool during the night.

a) He had decided that he couldn’t live with his wife anymore.

2) Italy
b) He had robbed a bank the night before.

a) he screamed and shouted with excitement.

3) Spain
b) he couldn’t control his stomach and was forced to let it all out.

a) Donald Trump, let out the following tweet storm:

4) USA
b) Donald Trump, wished her well in the following tweets:

4. Connect the collocations below

1) went for a ( ) a. stomach
2) get out of ( ) b. time
3) make ( ) c. arrest
4) upset ( ) d. the pool/the water
5) (be under) house ( ) e. someone well
6) tweet ( ) f. a mistake
7) serving ( ) g. swim
8) wish ( ) h. storm

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

137
FAKE NEWS
GRAMMAR POINT 1: REPORTED SPEECH

Why do people tweet?

Do you tweet or follow other people on Twitter?
Do you tell other people about what you tweet or read on Twitter?

REPORTED SPEECH

Direct statement: He said, “I love her so much“.

Indirect statement: He said that he loved her so much.

DIRECT SPEECH

1. Which sentence shows which function?

1. Open question
a) “I hate rainy days”.
________________________________________________
2. Closed question b) “Which days do you work?”
________________________________________________
3. Request c) “Don’t use your phones in class!”
________________________________________________
d) “Please close the door.”
4. Statement (x2)
________________________________________________ e) “You have to do a presentation”.
________________________________________________
f) “Have you been to Mexico?”
5. Order
________________________________________________

138
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
2. The verbs ‘ask’, ‘say’, and ‘tell’ are most commonly used to report exactly what someone says.
Which function from Ex 1?
to ask wh__ [clause] The teacher asked us which days we worked. ________________
if [clause] The teacher asked us if we had been to Mexico. ________________
(not) to [verb] The teacher asked us to close the door. ________________

Which function from Ex 1?

to say (that) [clause] The teacher said (that) s/he hated rainy days. ________________
The teacher said (that) we had to do a presentation. ________________

Which function from Ex 1?

to tell (that) [clause]

The teacher told us (that) s/he hated rainy days. ________________

(not) to [verb]
The teacher told us (that) we had to do a presentation. ________________
The teacher told us not to use our phones in class. ________________

3. There are three things to remember about reported speech.

A. ‘Backshift’ (changing the tense back in time) is usually required for the reported verb.
B. It may be necessary to change the pronouns.
C. It may be necessary to change time and place expressions.

Complete the table with the correct “backshift” and don’t forget to change pronouns where necessary.

DIRECT SPEECH INDIRECT SPEECH

PRESENT SIMPLE PAST SIMPLE
He said, “I love you so much”. He said (that) he loved her so much.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
PAST CONTINUOUS
She said, “I’m going to Canada”

PAST SIMPLE
PAST PERFECT
He said, “I ate pasta for dinner.

PRESENT PERFECT
PAST PERFECT
They said, “We’ve passed the exam!”

PAST PERFECT
PAST PERFECT
She said, “I hadn’t seen him all day”.

PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS

PAST PERFECT CONTINUOUS
They said, “We’ve been working all day”.

FUTURE SIMPLE
WOULD + BASE VERB
He said, “I’ll call you after school”.

IMPERATIVE INFINITIVE
He said, “Sit down”. _________________________________
OR _________________________________

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

139
FAKE NEWS
Change the time and place expressions:
yesterday the day before

today ________________________________

last week _______________/________________

tomorrow ________________________________

next month ________________________________

this/these ________________________________

here ________________________________

now ________________________________

4. Write sentences A to M in reported speech, making the necessary changes:

a) “I’m living in Toronto.”

My friend said she was living in Toronto

b) “My sister isn’t very well.”

___________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) “Martin and Jana are going to visit the Czech Republic next month.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) “Can I borrow your car, Nick?”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) “I haven’t seen my cat for 3 days.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
f) “Rose and Chris were sitting at a café.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
g) “Stop wasting time, Yuki!”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
h) “Katie can multi-task really well.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
i) “I’ll help you move house.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
j) “My wallet was stolen last week.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
k) “Emma finished the assignment early.”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
l) “My friend’s just bought tickets for us to Hawaii!”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
m) “Riley, don’t leave dirty dishes in the sink!”
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

5. Complete the sentences using say or tell:

a) She ___________ us to stand up. f) Charlotte ___________ she was starving.
b) Ms Smith ___________ her supervisor she was leaving. g) Emma didn’t ___________ us the truth.
c) Everybody ___________ the concert had been amazing. h) You ___________ me you were working tonight.
d) He didn’t ___________ Larissa he would be late. i) You ___________ you were working tonight.
e) The CEO ___________ that profits would improve soon.

140
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
6. Write sentences A to H in direct speech, making the necessary changes:

a) She said that she would arrive at eight.

‘I will arrive at eight’, she said.

b) Rob said that Cody often went bowling.

________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) Bec asked if she could try on the pair of shoes.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) I said that I had just eaten lunch.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) Christina told me that Chris was doing the dishes.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
f) They said that their friends had been staying with them for a while.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
g) He said he was tired.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
h) The teacher asked what her students were doing.
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7. Write sentences A to H as reported questions, making the necessary changes:

a) “How old are you?”

S/he asked me how old I was.

b) “Are you single?”

________________________________________________________________________________________________________
c) “Do you live in the CBD?”
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
d) “Where have you travelled in Australia so far?”
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
e) “Can you sing or dance well?”
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
f) “Do you have a driver’s license?”
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
g) “What’s your favourite colour?”
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
h) “When will you return to your home country?”
________________________________________________________________________________________________________

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

141
FAKE NEWS
LIAR, LIAR, PANTS ON FIRE!
Somebody says the opposite of what they said before. Reply with “I thought you said…”
(Different answers are possible)

That restaurant is expensive! a) I thought you said it was cheap!

Tom is coming to the party tonight. b) __________________________________________

I know lots of people. c) __________________________________________

I can speak French well. d) __________________________________________

I haven’t been to Europe. e) __________________________________________

Alice is in love with Pedro! f) __________________________________________

They’re arriving at 8pm. g) __________________________________________

EH, SONNY? WHAT DID HE SAY?

STEP 1: Write 6 sentences in DIRECT speech. Don’t show your partner.

1. Open question ___________________________________________________________________________________
2. Closed question __________________________________________________________________________________
3. Request _________________________________________________________________________________________
4. Statement ______________________________________________________________________________________
5. Statement ______________________________________________________________________________________
6. Order ___________________________________________________________________________________________

STEP 2: Get into groups of 3 (or 4).

Person 1: speaker one
Person 2: elderly person who is hard of hearing
Person 3: reports what speaker one said

STEP 3:
Person 1: Look at person 2 and say your first sentence: (1. Open Question)
Person 2: Look at Person 3 and say: “Eh? What did s/he say?” (Act like you are elderly + can’t hear very well).
Person 3: Look at Person 2 and report what Person 1 said.

STEP 4:
Repeat Open Question 1 for Person 2 and Person 3, then do the same for questions 2-6.

142
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
Vocabulary
1. Discuss in pairs. Talk to each other about which of the types of news below you are most interested in and say
where you get your news from.

Sport National Politics

Foreign Affairs Celebrities and Gossip

Technology Weather

Reviews and Entertainment Funny news stories

Crime and Justice Business and Economics

2. Work in pairs. Match each group of words below to the type of news above they are connected to.
a) have an affair, be photographed, split up = _________________________________________________________
b) resign, be elected, introduce a policy = ____________________________________________________________
c) expand, go bankrupt, be taken over = ______________________________________________________________
d) be found guilty, be stabbed, investigate = _________________________________________________________
e) be injured, be beaten, sign a player = ______________________________________________________________
f) hold a summit, call a ceasefire, negotiate = ________________________________________________________

3. Work in groups. Provide an example of recent news for each type of news in Exercise 2.

Listening

1. Listen to five short conversations about news stories. Match each conversation (1-5) to one of the following.
TRACK
9.2 There is one that you do not need.
a) a violent crime
b) a politician
c) a celebrity
d) a football player
e) a law firm
f) a factory

2. Listen again and note down which of the words from Exercises 1 and 2
were used in each conversation.

3. Now work in pairs and summarise each news story.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

143
FAKE NEWS
GRAMMAR POINT 2: REPORTING VERBS

1. Read the tweets:

a) Do you think they are real or fake?
b) Report the tweets to your partner(s) using reported speech.

To report what others have said, there are many other verbs you can use instead of ‘say’
or ‘tell’. After specific reporting verbs, there are three different grammatical patterns.

+ to + infinitive agree offer refuse promise threaten (not) to do something

+ person + to + advise ask convince encourage invite

somebody (not) to do something
infinitive persuade remind tell warn

apologise (to somebody) for

insist on
accuse somebody of
recommend
+ -ing form admit (not) doing something
regret
blame somebody for
suggest
deny

In negative sentences, use the negative infinitive (not to do) or the negative gerund (not
doing), e.g. Tom reminded me not to forget to call my boss. Sarah regretted not reading the
blog on her friend’s website.

144
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
2. Complete with the gerund or infinitive of the verb in brackets.
e.g. My friend advised me to sell my car. (buy).

a) Zara insisted on __________________________________ for the meal. (pay)

b) Lauren has agreed __________________________________ late next week. (work)
c) I warned Michael __________________________________ through Hyde Park at night. (not walk)
d) The criminal admitted __________________________________ the woman’s handbag. (steal)
e) The doctor advised Lily __________________________________ drinking caffeine. (give up)
f) The boss persuaded Clara __________________________________ the company. (not leave)
g) Leah accused me of __________________________________ to steal her boyfriend. (try)
h) I apologized to Liam for __________________________________ his birthday. (not remember)
i) Did you manage to convince your parents _______________________________ tonight instead of tomorrow? (come)
j) My neighbor denies __________________________________ my bins, but I’m sure it was her. (move)

SPEAKING and VOCABULARY

1. Discuss with a partner:

a) Do you enjoy reading news about the lives of your favourite celebrities? Or do you think it’s a waste of time?
b) What do you think about people who gossip?
c) If you hear some interesting news and want to share it with somebody, who do you usually tell first?

To have a conversation about the news, we often use these structures:

Conversation starter
Did you see that thing on the Times website about the factory closing down?

Responses
Yeah, it’s shocking/terrible/crazy/amazing, isn’t it?
I know, it’s bad/good/interesting news, isn’t it?
No…what happened?

Giving details
Apparently, the manager stole all the money…

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

145
FAKE NEWS
2. Complete the questions about news by putting the words in brackets into the correct order.
a) Have you seen that thing _________________________________________________________ James Jenkins?
(player/on/about/Twitter/that/tennis)
b) Have you seen that video ___________________________________________________________ to hip hop?
(on/of/the/prime/YouTube/dance/minister/trying/to)
c) Did you see that thing ________________________________________________________________________?
(TV/about/on/them/new/a/airport/building)
d) Did you see that thing _______________________________________________________________ last night?
(the/news/on/about/the/here/murder/near)
e) Did you see that thing ________________________________________________________________________?
(the/website/arrested/Times/about/Shaynee Wilson/getting/on)

3. Match responses (a-e) to questions (1-5)

a) Yeah, it’s good news, isn’t it? Apparently, it’s going to create 1,000 jobs.
b) Yeah, it’s sad, isn’t it? The media are obsessed with that woman.
c) Yeah, it’s awful, isn’t it? Apparently, the victim was quite young.
d) Yeah, it’s so funny, isn’t it? Apparently, it was from before he went into politics, though.
e) Yeah, what an idiot. Apparently, it’s been retweeted a million times already.

4. With your partner, take turns saying the sentences below. Respond with an It’s X, isn’t it? comment.
a) Did you hear about Jay and Selma splitting up?
b) Did you hear about John getting food poisoning from his own cooking?
c) Did you read about Angelina booking a special hotel room for her dog?
d) Did you see that the peace talks have ended already?
e) Did you see that thing in the paper about that woman who paid $5000 for a dress?
f) Did you hear that Jay and Selma are back together again?

5. Think of two news stories you have read or heard about recently. Write one question for
each story, using patterns like those in exercise 2.

6. Work in groups and discuss the stories you wrote questions about using the phrases you
have learned.

146
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 09
Writing
1. In early 2018, Facebook chief executive Mark Zuckerberg appeared before the US Senate's Commerce and
Judiciary committees to discuss data privacy and Russian misinformation on Facebook. Read a short part
of his speech to the Senate.

“We face a number of important issues around privacy, safety and

democracy. Facebook is an optimistic company. For most of our
existence, we focused on all of the good that connecting people can do.
And, as Facebook has grown, people everywhere have gotten a powerful
new tool for staying connected to the people they love, for making their
voices heard and for building communities and businesses.
But it's clear now that we didn't do enough to prevent these tools from
being used for harm, as well. And that goes for fake news, for foreign
interference in elections, and hate speech, as well as developers and data
privacy. We didn't take a broad enough view of our responsibility, and
that was a big mistake. And it was my mistake. And I'm sorry. I started
Facebook, I run it, and I'm responsible for what happens here.
It's not enough to just connect people. We have to make sure that those
connections are positive. It's not enough to just give people a voice. We
need to make sure that people aren't using it to harm other people or
to spread misinformation. And it's not enough to just give people control
over their information. We need to make sure that the developers they share it with protect their information,
too.
I believe deeply in what we are doing. And I realise the issues we're talking about today aren't just issues for
Facebook and our community. They're issues and challenges for all of us as Americans”.

2. You are a reporter for a national newspaper, and you need to write about what Mark Zuckerberg said. Choose
the parts of the speech that are interesting for you, and convert them into reported speech, and use some
good reporting verbs.

Start your writing like this:

On Tuesday, 11th of April, Mark Zuckerberg faced the US Senate to answer questions about Facebook’s role in data
security and ‘fake news’.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

147
THOSE WERE
THE DAYS

10
UNIT

ELDRICK TONT WOODS (BORN DECEMBER 30, 1975) BETTER KNOWN AS TIGER WOODS, IS AN
AMERICAN PROFESSIONAL GOLFER WHO IS AMONG THE MOST SUCCESSFUL GOLFERS OF ALL TIME.
HE HAS BEEN ONE OF THE HIGHEST-PAID ATHLETES IN THE WORLD FOR SEVERAL YEARS.
FOLLOWING AN OUTSTANDING JUNIOR, COLLEGE, AND AMATEUR CAREER, WOODS WAS 20 YEARS
OLD WHEN HE TURNED PROFESSIONAL AT THE END OF SUMMER IN 1996.
148
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10
IN THIS UNIT...
Vocabulary Grammar Point 1 Grammar Point 2 Writing
Problems and Past Modals: could Third Conditional + I Apology email
solutions have, should have, wish/ If only (Formal vs Informal)
would have

Speaking
1. Read the title of the reading and look at the photographs.

0
Discuss:
a) Why do you think these people are travelling to Australia?
b) What are the risks of travelling by boat?

2. Before reading the following article on Australia’s boat people, look at the vocabulary from the text:

detention constant ordeal intense overcome risks escape tensions

Use the vocabulary in the box to complete the following sentences. Use each word once only.
a) The prisoners made an amazing ________________________ by using bed sheets tied together.
b) She realised that it had been an _________________ for him. He had been lost in the woods all night in the cold
with no food and no sleep, worried about being attacked by bears.
c) There were many _______________ involved in the new business. Jack might just lose all his money, home and
even friends.
d) The pressure from her teacher was __________. There was no rest for Emily as every day he checked her progress,
asked her questions and of course gave her more work.
e) Once the teenagers were caught by the police, they were put into ___________ immediately.
f) The ______________ within the family became worse during the Christmas holiday. Everyone was arguing and
complaining about each other.
g) Sam was so proud of himself as he stood at the top of the building. He had finally ________________ his fear of
heights.
h) Sara suddenly felt _______________ stress as she stood in front of her class to give her presentation.

3. Read the first three paragraphs of the article. Find out:

a) why Sahar Alizai and her family made the journey to Australia.
b) what difficulties the family faced during their journey.
c) how much time and money was spent on the journey in total.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

149
LIFE LESSONS
4. Read paragraphs 4-6 of the article. Decide if the sentences are true (T) or false (F).
a) Sahar has some regrets about leaving Afghanistan.
b) Sahar feels grateful for the opportunities she has gained.
c) Many immigrants are forced to do skilled work in Australia.
d) The journeys made by refugees often makes them more likely to take other risks.
e) The writer is critical of the way refugees are often discussed in political debates.

Risking Your Life to Start a New One

Janet Peterson looks into one journey of boat people to Australia and the impact refugees can have.

If you ask most people who have travelled to Australia about their arrival, they would describe their experiences of the
plane landing, the immigration and customs processes and perhaps even the airport facilities. However, for some, the
journey takes far longer to Australia and is one full of intense fear and danger.

One person who made such a journey was Sahar Alizai from Afghanistan, along with her parents and younger brother.
At ten years old, Sahar’s life was in danger and she needed to leave her country due to conflict and increasing tensions
between ethnic groups. “Every time we had to leave the house, we never knew if we were going to be alive by the end
of the day. We were living in constant fear so we made the decision to leave.”

Sahar’s family had to pay a large price to escape, without any guarantee they would survive. Her parents paid a gang
in Kabul $8000 per person to fly them to Indonesia. Yet this was just the beginning of their incredibly difficult journey.
After waiting four months in crowded and dirty conditions in Jakarta they were finally put on a tiny fishing boat with
over 300 other asylum seekers from various countries. Surprisingly the boat was able to set sail but it took nearly three
months of sailing for the boat to reach Australian waters. The boat trip was terrifying and unfortunately, the ordeal
was not over yet. Sahar and her family remained in an Australian government detention facility for ten months before
finally being allowed to stay in Australia permanently.

So, after such a long, frightening and challenging journey, was it worth the risk? “Of course!” states Sahar, who is now
25 years old. “I now have so many opportunities here in Australia that I would never had had in Afghanistan and I may
never have survived there.”

Indeed, Sahar has done very well. She went on to learn English, complete her schooling and graduated from university
last year as a nurse. “I want to give back to the country that has provided my family and myself with so much.”
Actually, Sahar is part of an interesting trend of immigrants who choose to do skilled work in Australia or in many
cases, start their own businesses. Research suggests that refugees have faced so many difficulties that challenging
themselves to study, work and create new jobs is not too scary as they have already faced many risks.

Political debates about immigration often forget to consider the skills immigrants bring to Australia. But in actual fact,
the people who risk their lives to live here and overcome problems, tend to be very determined to make a new start
and are grateful to help Australia grow. This makes it even more important to recognise the dangerous journeys many
people make to come to this country.

150
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10
5. Discuss the following questions with your partner:
a) Have you or anyone you know ever had any experiences with refugees?
b) Have you ever been to a march / volunteered / donated money to refugees?
c) Are there many refugees in your country? / Which countries do you think take in the most refugees?
d) How can you differentiate between economic and political refugees?
e) What problems / benefits do you think refugees may bring to their new country?
f) What do you think you’d do if you suddenly lost your home, your job, your family and your country became
extremely dangerous to live in?
g) Where do most of the worlds refugees come from today?
h) Discuss the following quote:

“If 30 Australians drowned in Sydney Harbour, it would be a national tragedy. But when 30 or more refugees drown off
the Australian coast, it is a political question.”

Vocabulary Richard Flanagan (Australian author)

Vocabulary

“If you change the way you look at things, the things you look at change”.
-Wayne Dyer

• Do you always see the glass half full / empty or does it depend on the situation?
• How do you approach challenges in your life?

1. Read the following sentences and match what each speaker is expressing (I – viii) with the correct phrases a-h.

a) I am not going to worry b) You know it’s all Simon’s c) Mark and I had coffee this morning
about it for now. I have too fault, right? He was the one and discussed the issues we have been
many other things to think who told the others about the having. I think things are going to be
about. money. better from now on.

d) During the meeting, many e) Please don’t be angry at f) I knew I should never have listened to
clients told me about the Samantha. I am the one him! I always had this feeling he wasn’t
things they are worried about. responsible for breaking the being honest but I just ignored it.
window.

g) I wish I could be a kid again. h) “You look really tired today, i) To trust your intuition
Remember what it was like to are you okay?” ii) To talk something over
have no responsibilities and “Not really, I was awake all iii) To lose sleep over something
your only concern was which night worrying about that iv) To ignore a problem
toys you wanted for your presentation.” v) To be at fault
birthday? vi) To blame someone
vii)To not have a care in the world
viii) To express concern
2. In pairs ask and answer the following:

STUDENT A STUDENT B
1. Has someone ever blamed you for something you 1. What makes you lose sleep? (e.g. presentations,
didn’t do? How did you respond? work…)
2. When was the last time you didn’t have a care in
2. In what situations do you often trust your intuition?
the world?

3. Do you like to talk over your problems with other

3.Do you often tell people when you are at fault?
people?

4. When was the last time you expressed concern about

4. Do you know someone who ignores their problems?
something?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

151
 LIFE LESSONS
Listening

TRAVEL TROUBLES
1. Talk to as many classmates as you can and be the first in your class to find at least three people
who have experienced three of the following:

PROBLEM NAME / DETAILS

Had a flight delayed by more than 3 hours
Lost their luggage
Became very sick on holiday
Forgot to bring their passport or ticket to the airport
Had a disappointing holiday because of the weather
(too hot, cold, rain, snow…)
Argued with their travel companion
Stayed in accommodation that was terrible
Missed a flight

2. You will hear four conversations about problems people had on their holidays.
TRACK
Read the following statements and highlight the key words before you listen. Then listen to the short
10.1 conversations and write T (true) or F (false) for the statements about each.

SPEAKER 1 SPEAKER 3
a) The traveller regrets what they packed for their trip. a) The traveller’s friend is envious of their trip.
b) The traveller was unable to check the weather b) The traveller is aware their skin burns easily.
before they went. c) The traveller forgot to reapply sun cream during
c) Their friend knew that Peru would be cold. the day.

SPEAKER 2 SPEAKER 4
a) Alan’s mother is surprised to receive Alan’s a) The man’s bag is overweight by fifteen kilograms.
phone call. b) The travel clerk suggests the man transfer some of
b) Alan is travelling with someone. his belongings to his carry-on bag.
c) Alan booked his accommodation in advance. c) The man’s friend criticises his choice.

152
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10
3. Look at the following words from the conversations and definitions. Match the words in
Column A to Column B.

A B
1. to set off a) extremely hot
2. filthy b) something overpriced
3. to come across something c) extremely silly
4. boiling d) more than the accepted limit
5. excess baggage e) to begin a journey
6. ridiculous f) to discover
7. a rip-off g) extremely dirty

Listen again to check.

4. Discuss the following in pairs / groups:
On your next holiday, if you had to choose, would you rather:
• go somewhere boiling or freezing? • set off on a 24-hour journey at 5am in the morning or
• get sunburnt or bitten by insects? 11pm at night?
• stay somewhere filthy but cheap or clean but a rip-off? • take a 12-hour summer road trip with no air-
• pay excess baggage or have your baggage stolen? conditioning or no music?

Speaking & Reading

1. Look at the four categories below and discuss in pairs any regrets you have had connected to those areas.

Example: When I was in high school I was accepted into a special

science class but I decided not to do it because I didn’t want
Work /Study Relationships
to study after school. Years later in university, I regretted that
Purchases Travel decision because I had less knowledge than my classmates
and had to work extra hard to understand the work.

2. Work in pairs or small groups and discuss:

a) Look at the title and subtitle of the following article. What kind of mistakes can people make when
communicating online or via text messages?
b) Describe differences between communicating online and face-to-face.

3. Scan the article to check if your ideas are mentioned.

4. Read the article again and answer the questions below.

a) Why had Sean become distant in their relationship?
b) What does Hannah mean by being ‘hot-headed’?
c) How did Tim personally offend his manager?
d) What was the main reason why Tim left his job?
e) According to Professor Simon Drew, why are people more
likely to be rude in an email than in a conversation?

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

153
LIFE LESSONS
ONE EASY CLICK, BUT A LIFETIME OF REGRET.

NewTech Magazine hears from two people who regret their communication choices as they discuss the
problems today’s technology can cause.

Technology has changed the way and speed with which people all over the globe communicate with one
another. It allows people to connect instantly for a range of purposes; however, there are some negative
aspects that have come out of this.
Recent research regarding online communication has found that a large percentage of people regret
comments they have made to others as they have clicked the ‘send’ button quickly without much
consideration of how they will make others feel.

Hannah:
I had been dating Sean for about two months when he became distant and seemed to be
busier than normal to see me. One day I decided to go to his house uninvited to confront
him. It was a terrible idea because he was angry that I had come over unexpectedly and
asked me to give him some time alone. Furious, I sent a text message to Sean calling him
the worst boyfriend one could imagine, not only was he inconsiderate and selfish, he
was not even as handsome or funny as most of his friends. Over the following days, I
tried calling him and texting him to apologise but got no response.
About a week later a mutual friend told me that Sean’s father had become very ill in
the previous months and Sean had been having a hard time coping with the stress
but didn’t want to worry others by talking about it. Can you imagine my horror
when I heard this? I felt absolutely awful. Looking back, I realise I should’ve been
more patient and could have waited to talk to him face-to-face instead of being hot-
headed. I also wish Sean had told me his problems. I would’ve listened to him and
given him support.

Tim:
A couple of years ago I was working for an accounting firm in the city. My manager was well known
around the office for being difficult to work with and often extremely demanding.
One winter I became sick with the flu and had to stay home. By the third day of being in bed, I woke up
to find an urgent email in my inbox from my manager demanding a report by the end of the day. I was
furious! I replied with an email immediately telling my manager that there was no way I would do a report
for him and how much he was disliked in the office. I was so angry, I even mentioned he had horrible
breath and insulted his choice of ties.
The moment I clicked ‘send’ I regretted it. I knew I was going to be in a lot of trouble. Sure enough, I was
asked into the boss’ office the day I got back to work. I was given a first and final warning. In the end
though, I resigned after a week, as it was too uncomfortable seeing my manager every day. Obviously, I
shouldn’t have been so rude to my manager but I couldn’t have finished the report in time, it was impossible.
I wouldn’t have left my job as I was doing well in the firm but it was too embarrassing to stay there.

Professor Simon Drew from Melbourne University’s Social Technology Department notes that
“People feel they can say almost anything when communicating electronically, including using offensive
language, as opposed to face-to-face communication because they do not have to see the immediate reaction
of the other person.”

He suggests three tips to avoid post-send regret:

• Remember it is permanent. It is so important to remind ourselves to be careful when sending messages.
Once you send it, you cannot take it back.
• Emails and messages are not always clear in expressing your feelings. Even if you are sending a simple
message, the recipient may see it as rude, angry or inappropriate.
• Save it and reread it later. If you have to send an important or sensitive message, firstly draft it and save it.
Read it again after some time. Then read it again. Lastly, have a friend read it and get their opinion.

154
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10
GRAMMAR POINT 1: PAST MODAL VERBS
We use modals verbs to imagine
a different past and often to discuss missed opportunities.
1. Complete the table with examples of these past modals from the reading.

EXAMPLE
Use should (not) have if something was a good idea or 1. +
someone would advise you to do it or not to do it. 2. -

Use could (not) have if something was 1. +

(im)possible 2. -

Use would (not) have if someone was (un)willing to do 1. +

something or if something was (un)likely to happen 2. -

2. Looking at the examples in question 1, what verb form always follows the past modals should have, could
have, would have?

3. Look at the following two examples:

• I could have woken up earlier today but I decided to sleep more.
• I got 48 on the test and the pass mark was 50. I would have passed the test with 2 more marks.

Which modal expresses more certainty?

4. Look at the following two examples:

• I should have eaten breakfast before leaving the house today.
• She should have organised the hotel much earlier than she did.

What is the difference in purpose of these two statements?

I should have… = _________________________
She should have… = __________________________

5. Complete the conversations with should (not) have, could (not) have, would (not) have. (Answers may vary)
a) A: I am so annoyed! My afternoon shift was cancelled at the last minute.
B: Your boss ________________ given you more notice. You ________________ stayed with us at the beach all day.

b) A: My boyfriend went to Thailand with his friends on holiday last week.

B: What?! I ___________________________ let my boyfriend do that.

c) A: I gave up learning the guitar a couple of years ago.

B: But you were an excellent musician. You ___________________________ become world famous.

d) A: Have you only just woken up? I’ve already done all the shopping and am now starting the cooking.
B: You ______________________ called me. I __________________come over earlier to help prepare for the party.

e) A: It’s a shame it rained all weekend.

B: Yeah, the camping trip ______________________________________ a lot of fun.

f) A: I was really sick with the flu but still went to work.
B: You _____________________________ gone. You ______________________ made other people sick too.

g) A: When he got fired, he threw coffee all over his computer!

B: He __________________________done that. I ___________________packed up my things and left quietly.
h) A: Wow, you were amazing! Well done!
B: Thanks but honestly, I _________________________ done it without all your support.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

155
LIFE LESSONS
6. Complete the sentences by using should (not) have, could (not) have, or would (not) have with the
correct form of a verb from the box. (Modal verb choice may vary):

spend study help give ask enjoy

a) Natalie didn’t apply for that school in Queensland because she ____________________ living there.
She hates the heat and prefers mountains to beaches.

b) Matt failed his class test last week. He _____________________________ more before he came to the test.

c) Oh, what are we going to do? We don’t have enough money to pay the bills. We ______________________ so
much money last weekend.

d) My housemate teaches English, so she _________________ me with my homework. But she didn’t because she
says I need to learn it for myself.

e) You didn’t have to catch the train to the barbecue. We ____________________________________ you a lift.

f) What are you kids doing with those pens? You know they are your Dad’s special work ones.
You __________________________ to use them before touching them.

7. Look at the following statements and write sentences about them in your notebooks using should (not) have,
could (not) have, or would (not) have

Example:
Sophie ran to get on the train before the doors closed and tripped. She spilt her coffee all over herself and
grazed her knee.

Sophie shouldn’t have run for the train. She could have waited for the next train. I would’ve just called my boss to say I
would be late and enjoyed my coffee!

a) My friends and I went bushwalking last weekend and we didn’t pack any food. I was starving by lunchtime!
b) Yesterday morning Tom overslept and drove to work because he was late.
He was speeding and had an accident.
c) I left my backpack on the café chair when I went to the bathroom and my phone was stolen.
d) Jessica drank a lot at the pub and fell asleep on the train and missed her stop.
e)Peter came to the party wearing a t-shirt and shorts and felt so embarrassed because everyone else was
wearing suits.

Vocabulary & Reading

1. Match the underlined phrasal verbs below with their meanings.

PHRASAL VERB MEANING

1. to hop on A. to write something quickly
2. to take someone up on something B. to enter quickly
3. to hit it off C. to date someone
4. to jot down something D. to instantly have a good relationship
5. to go out with someone E. to accept something

2. Read the following text to check if your answers to Exercise 1 are correct.

156
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10
SERENDIPITY OR FATE?
Do you believe in luck and coincidence or perhaps you consider everything is meant to happen for a reason? The
following stories may test your ideas!

Angela
While at university, I was looking for a part time job. I had to commute for nearly an hour to university by train, often
getting home very late, so finding time for a job was difficult. One evening, after a long day of classes, I ran to get
the next train home because class went overtime. As soon as I hopped on the train and the doors closed, I realised it
was the express train that didn’t stop at my station! I sat down and sighed. The lady next to me asked me what was
wrong and I explained my situation. She then told me that her daughter who lived near the university was looking for
a live-in nanny and she could introduce me to her. I mightn’t have taken her up on the offer if I hadn’t been so sick of
commuting. The next day, I met the lady’s daughter and her two children and we hit it off so I got the job! I loved my
new job working with kids so much that I actually changed my major and became a child psychologist. If I hadn’t been
late for the train, I wouldn’t have found my dream job.

Luke
A couple of years ago, when I moved to Sydney from London, I was looking for a somewhere to live. Like most
people, I used websites to search for potential homes and came across a lovely apartment in Bondi to share with a
young lady called Sarah. Sarah sent me the address and I went over to meet her and see the place. When I arrived, a
beautiful woman answered the door, and I asked if she was Sarah. She responded yes but seemed confused. After a
few moments of conversation, we both started laughing because we realised that I had jotted down the wrong street
number and gone to the wrong apartment. If I hadn’t liked Sarah immediately, I could’ve easily walked away but I
ended up asking Sarah for her number. Eventually I found a place to live in Bondi and Sarah and I started going out. In
fact, we are now engaged! I would never have met my future wife if I hadn’t written down the wrong address.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

157
LIFE LESSONS
GRAMMAR POINT 2: THIRD CONDITIONAL + I WISH / IF ONLY
1. Look at the following sentences taken from the text and answer the questions.
• I mightn’t have taken her up on the offer if I hadn’t been so sick of commuting.
• If I had been late for the train, I wouldn’t have found my dream job.
• If I hadn’t been attracted to Sarah, I could’ve easily walked away.
• I would never have met my future wife if I hadn’t written down the wrong address.

a) Did Angela accept the lady’s offer? Why?

b) Was Angela late for the train?
c) Did Luke walk away from Sarah?
d) Had Luke written down the correct address?

2. Look at the sentences in Exercise 1:

a) Underline the if clause in each sentence above.
b) Circle the main clause in each sentence above.
c) Which clause describes a past condition/ situation and which describes a past result/action?
d) Note the use of the comma. When is it not used?

3. Complete the following table with the correct verb structures:

IMAGINED PAST CONDITION/ SITUATION IMAGINED PAST RESULT/ ACTION

(if clause) (main clause)

_______ + ________+ _______ _________+________ +____________

E.g. If I had been late for the train, I wouldn’t have found my dream job

Which two other modals can be used in the main clause? How are they different to would?

4. Choose
Practicethe correct options.
a) She hadn’t arrived / wouldn’t have arrived late if her bus hadn’t / wouldn’t have been delayed.
b) He’d never found out / have found out, if they hadn’t / wouldn’t have said something.
c) If you’d really want / wanted to know, you’d found / have found a way.
d) If his phone hadn’t / wouldn’t have run out of battery, he’d called / have called you.
e) I think I could have / had passed the test, if I’d try / tried harder.
f) If you’d arrive / arrived on time, you’d have / had spoken to them before they left.

5. Match the two parts of the sentences.

1. If I hadn’t been in that class, a) I might not have missed my flight.
2. She might have got the job b) if we hadn’t read the great review
3. If I had left a bit earlier, c) she would’ve had enough money for the concert.
4. If she hadn’t bought a new dress, d) I probably would never have met my best friend.
5. We would have never seen the film e) we would have slept well last night.
6. If we hadn’t drunk so much coffee, f) if she had studied about the company first.

158
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10
6. Complete the sentences about the imagined past situations.
Example : His parents were very angry with him because he hadn’t cleaned his room.
His parents wouldn’t have been angry with him if he had cleaned his room.

a) They didn’t see us, so they didn’t say hello.

They ______________________ hello if _____________________________ us.
b) He didn’t miss his train because it was delayed.
If the train _________________________ on time, he _____________________ it.
c) I found my passport because you helped me.
I __________________ my passport if you_____________________ me.
d) She was very tired this morning because she went to bed late last night.
If she _______________________late last night, she ___________________ so tired this morning.
e) You didn’t tell me it was a fancy-dress party, so I didn’t wear a costume.
If you______________________it was a fancy dress party, I _____________________a costume.

7. Use the prompts below or your own ideas to create at least 3 true statements about your past experiences.

see/ hear
meet
study
a good friend
go to
a sport/ hobby
learn
would (not/never) have an accident
visit
could (not) have a job
live in
might (not) have a country/ city
start
a school/ university
happen
a big decision
try
make
choose

EXPRESSING REGRETS
I wish / If only…
Susan went for a job interview yesterday and has just found out that she didn’t get the job.
Look at her thoughts below:

If only I had prepared better.

I wish I had asked someone to ask me practice questions.
If only I was more experienced.
I wish I could be more confident in interviews.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

159
LIFE LESSONS
1. Look at the following table and circle the correct underlined options below.

WISH/ IF ONLY REAL SITUATION

I wish I had asked someone to ask me practice
She didn’t ask someone to ask her practice questions.
questions.

If only I had prepared better. She didn’t prepare well.

If only I was more experienced. She isn’t very experienced.

I wish I could be more confident in interviews She is not confident in interviews.

a) Wish / if only + Past Perfect is used to talk about imaginary situations we would like in the past / present.
b) Wish / if only + Past Simple is used to talk about imaginary situations we would like in the past / present.
c) Wish / if only + could is used to talk about ability in the past / present.

• NOTE! Both wish and if only express regret but if only is stronger.

2. Rewrite the following sentences using wish / if only so that they have a similar meaning. Look at the
parentheses to see if you need to refer to the past or present.

Example:
I’m very tired this morning. I went to bed late last night. (Past)
> If only I hadn’t gone to bed late last night.

a) I’m a terrible cook. I want to be better. (Present)

b) I forgot to pack my lunch today. (Past)
c) I want to go to on a holiday but don’t have enough money. (Present)
d) I watched my favourite TV series over one weekend. Now I don’t have anything to watch. (Past)

3. Think of statements about your life using wish / if only with a past or present meaning.
• Write 2 statements that are true and 1 that is false, in any order.
• Read them to your partner and see if they can guess which one is false.
• Try to guess their false statement and ask them questions about their experiences.

Writing

1. Ask and answer the following questions with your partner.

Discuss what you did in each case.
What were the consequences?
Have you ever...
• forgotten to thank someone for something kind they did?
• sent someone the wrong text or email?
• forgotten to respond to an important email or letter?
• made a mistake in your job?
• forgotten someone’s birthday or anniversary?

160
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10

2. Read the following paragraphs from an informal letter. Why is this person apologising?
a) If you have any questions about the damage or want to talk to me, you know you can call me anytime.

b) But I am also writing to tell you that sadly I had a small accident in the supermarket car park and scratched
the back door. I know I should have been more careful. I am so sorry for damaging your car and trust me, I feel
terrible about it.

c) Apologies again for this Janet.

d) Hi Janet,
How is your work trip going? Hope you are not too busy. I’m writing this email to firstly say thanks so much for
lending us your car while you are away.

e) I have taken it to be repaired and will of course pay the bill. Sorry for making such a silly mistake, please forgive
me. However, I don’t expect you to let me off easily.

f) Talk soon,
Kate

g) It has been such a great help while our car is being serviced. We couldn’t have survived this past week without it!

3. Read the paragraphs again and write the correct order below.

1. ___ 2. ___ 3.___ 4.___ 5. ___ 6. ___ 7. ___

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

161
LIFE LESSONS
4. Read the following formal letter of apology. Why is the person apologising?

Dear Professor Collins,

a) Please accept my apology / I am really sorry for my late submission of this assessment.
I have had b) the worst semester / a personal problem which has meant completing my
work has been difficult.

I realise now that I c) would have been better / what I should’ve done is to ask for an
extension earlier in the semester. d) If similar problems occur in the future/ Next time
this happens, I will be sure to speak with you as soon as possible.

e) I can understand if you are disappointed/ I hope you understand my situation. Please
feel free to contact me if you have any questions. f) I apologise for the inconvenience/
Sorry for the trouble this causes.

Kind regards,

Francis Campbell

5. Read the letter again and underline the appropriate phrases.

LANGUAGE FOR APOLOGISING

• Note that more formal language uses complete sentences and does not use contractions.
• It is important to use the correct tone in your writing.

FORMAL INFORMAL

Please accept my sincere apologies for… Apologies for/ I’m really sorry for…

I apologise for the delay in responding Sorry for not getting in touch earlier

I apologise for the inconvenience caused. Sorry for the trouble caused.

I hope you will be able to forgive me for… Please forgive me for …

I hope you understand…

I can understand if/ that you …
I can see now it would have been better to…

You have my assurance that … You can be sure that …

If I can be of further assistance… If there’s anything else I can do …

Do not hesitate to contact me Please feel free to call me anytime

162
 INTERMEDIATE - UNIT 10
6. Rewrite the formal sentences below with the correct word order.
a) Once again, please caused for the inconvenience accept our apologies.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

b) Thank you this matter very much for bringing to my attention.

_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

c) Having this matter regret that I can in detail looked into, I be of no further assistance.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

d) I will look within the next few days the matter into and get back you to.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________

7. Look at the reasons for apologising in Question 1 again.

• Choose one of the reasons, or create your own idea

• Make a plan and write your letter of apology.
• Consider what style you should use: formal or informal.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

163
 VOCABULARY IRREGULAR VERBS
BASE VERB PAST SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE BASE VERB PAST SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE BASE VERB PAST SIMPLE PAST PARTICIPLE

awake awoke awoken hear heard heard speed sped sped

be was, were been hide hid hidden spell spelt/spelled spelt/spelled

beat beat beaten hit hit hit spend spent spent

become became become hold held held stand stood stood

begin began begun hurt hurt hurt spill spilt/spilled spilt/spilled

bend bent bent keep kept kept spit spat spat

bet bet bet kneel knelt/kneeled knelt/kneeled split split split

bid bid bid know knew known spoil spoil/spoiled spoil/spoiled

bite bit bitten lay laid laid spread spread spread

bleed bled bled lead led led stand stood stood

blow blew blown leave left left steal steal steal

break broke broken lend lent lent stick stuck stuck

bring brought brought let let let sting stung stung

build built built lie lay lain stink stank stunk

burn burned/burnt burned/burnt light lit lit swear swore sworn

buy bought bought lose lost lost sweep swept swept

burst burst burst make made made swell swelled swollen

catch caught caught mean meant meant swim swam Swum

choose chose chosen meet met met swing swang swung

come came come pay paid paid take took taken

cost cost cost put put put teach taught taught

creep creept creept quit quit quit tear tore torn

cut cut cut read read read tell told told

dig dug dug ride rode ridden think thought thought

dive dove dived ring rang rung throw threw thrown

do did done rise rose risen understand understood understood

draw drew drawn run ran run wake woke woken

dream dreamed/dreamt dreamed/dreamt say said said wear wore worn

drive drove driven see saw seen win won won

drink drank drunk seek sought sought wind wound wound

eat ate eaten sell sold sold write wrote written

fall fell fallen send sent sent

feel felt felt set set set

fight fought fought sew sewed sewn

find found found shake shook shaken

flee fled fled shine shone/shined shone/shined

fly flew flown shoot shot shot

forbid forbade forbidden show showed shown

forget forgot forgotten set set set

forgive forgave forgiven sew sewed sewn

freeze froze frozen shake shook shaken

get got got/gotten shine shone/shined shone/shined

give gave given shoot shot shot

go went gone sleep slept slept

grind ground gound slide slid slid

grow grew grown smell smelt/smelled smelt/smelled

hang hung hung sow sowed sown

have had had speak spoke spoken

164
 GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Unit 1 - Grammar Summary Am I working?
Grammar Point 1 - Present Simple and Present Continuous
? Are you/we/they working?
PRESENT SIMPLE
Is he/she/it working?
You/we/they are
I/you/we/they work. I am hungry.
hungry.
+ Spelling rules for the -ing form
He/She/it works. He/she/it is hungry.

I/you/we/they don't You/we/they aren't Verb Rule Example

I'm not hungry.
work. hungry.
-
Most verbs +ing start starting
He/she/it doesn't work. He/she/it isn't hungry.

Do I/you/we/they Are you/we/they Ends with one 'e' -e +ing give giving
Am I hungry?
work? hungry?
?
Does he/she/it work? Is he/she/it hungry? One syllable, ends
Double the final
in consonant, vowel, stop stopping
consonant
consonant (CVC)
Spelling rules for present simple verbs with he/she/it.
Ends in 'ie' -ie + ying lie lying
Verb Rule Example
Two syllables, ends
Double the final
in CVC, stress on last begin beginning
miss misses consonant
Ends in s/x/ch/sh + es syllable
She misses her parents.

fly flies Two syllables, ends in 'L' Double the 'L' travel travelling
Ends in consonant + y -y + ies
The bird flies around all day.
do does go goes
do and go + es He does yoga every morning.
We use the present continuous for:
He goes to the 7am class. a) temporary situations
All other verbs
+s
speak speaks I’m living in a backpacker’s (but I have plans to move).
note: have has My boss speaks too fast!
b) states that are gradually changing

We use the present simple for: People are working longer hours these days.
a) routines c) annoying situations

I wake up at 6am every day. You are always changing your mind.
b) timetables note: Use with adverbs such as always or constantly

The train arrives at 4pm. d) actions in progress now or around now

c) habits We are learning about the present continuous.

I bite my nails. I’m reading a new book about Australian animals.

d) facts
STATE VERBS
The sun rises in the morning.
State verbs such as hate, like, love, want, smell, hear, taste,
e) permanent actions
sound, prefer, know, believe, belong, cost, weigh and have are
I live in Sydney (and I have no plans to move).
not used in continuous tenses.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
e.g. It’s belonging to me It belongs to me.
I'm (=am) working
Grammar Point 2 - Gerunds and Infinitives
+ You/we/they're (=are) working
GERUNDS
He/she/it's (=is) working A gerund is verb + ing, but it works like a noun in grammar.
It is not a continuous tense, because there is no ‘be’ verb.
I'm not (=am not) working
Examples
- You/we/they aren't (=are not) working Sue is dancing = present continuous – dancing is a verb
Dancing is so fun! = Dancing is a gerund - it is the subject (noun)
He/she/it isn't (=is not) working
I love dancing = Dancing is a gerund – it is the object (noun)
WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

165
GRAMMAR SUMMARY
We use gerunds: Remember
a) as a subject or object of a sentence
Gerund – looks back in the
Infinitive – looks into the future
Learning English is a lot of fun. past - memory

I enjoy learning English.

b) after prepositions e.g. I remember kissing my first e.g. Remember to call mum, it’s
Rememberboyfriend. her birthday.
I’m interested in reading books.
Please take off your shoes before entering the house.
Forget
c) after some verbs (e.g. enjoy, dislike, finish)
I dislike working on the weekend. Gerund - looks back in
Infinitive – looks into the future
the past - memory
I finished packing my bags on the weekend.

e.g. I’ll never forget kissing my e.g. Don’t forget to call mum, it’s
INFINITIVES first boyfriend. her birthday.
An infinitive is to + verb.

Try
We use the infinitive:
a) after adjectives Infinitive – to do something that is
Gerund – to test something
It’s easy to find a job in the city. not easy (and you usually fail)

b) to give a reason for doing something

e.g. I tried taking some Panadol, e.g. I tried to open the bottle, but
I came to Australia to learn English. but I still have a headache. my friend had to help me.
c) after question words (e.g. who, what, how)
I don’t know how to play tennis.
d) after some verbs (e.g. hope, would like, need) Unit 2 - Grammar Summary
I hope to travel around Australia. Grammar Point 1 - Past Simple and Past Continuous
I would like to watch a movie tonight. PAST SIMPLE

VERBS FOLLOWED BY BOTH GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES You/we/they were hungry.

I/you/we/they/he/she/it
Some verbs (e.g. love, begin, continue, hate, like, prefer, start) +
worked.
I/he/she/it was hungry.
can be followed by gerunds or infinitives with no difference in
meaning. You/we/they weren't hungry.
I/you/we/they/he/she/it
-
Examples: didn't work.
I/he/she/it wasn't hungry.
I love to dance.
Are you/we/they hungry?
I love dancing. Did I/you/we/they/he/she/
?
it work?
Was I/he/she/it hungry?
Some verbs (e.g. stop, remember, forget, try) can be followed
by gerunds or infinitives but have a difference in meaning. Spelling rules for past simple

Verb Rule Example

Stop

Ends in ‘e’ +d like liked

Gerund – to stop with an activity Infinitive – to stop to do something
Ends in consonant and y -y + ied hurry hurried
e.g. I stopped to smoke when I was
e.g. I stopped smoking 2 years on my way to work. Because of
ago. I don’t smoke anymore. that I came late and my boss was Ends in consonant/vowel/ Double the final
consonant (CVC) consonant + ed stop stopped
angry.

All other verbs + ed work worked

166
 GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Notes We use the past continuous for:
There are regular and irregular past tense verbs. Regular a) a past action/event in progress at a specific time
verbs use a form of ‘ed’ to make the past (see the table above) I was sleeping at this time last night.
but irregular verbs have a different past form. b) a past action/event in progress interrupted by another
Some verbs (cut, cost, hit, hurt, set, shut and put) are same as past action
the present tense, We were having dinner when the phone rang.

Present: I put money in the bank every week. While I was watching TV, the power went out.
Past: I put money in the bank yesterday. c) two past actions/events in progress at the same time
I was reading a book while my brother was studying.
Some verbs (think/thought, write/wrote, know/knew, send/
d) an annoying habit in the past
sent, eat/ate, drink/drank, see/saw) have a completely different
from the present tense. My sister was always borrowing my stuff when we were
younger
Present: I see the dentist twice a year.
note: use with adverbs such as always or constantly
Past: I saw the dentist last week.
e) to give background information to a story
We use the past simple for: On one stormy night, it was raining heavily. I was walking
a) completed past actions or events down the street when I saw the accident.
I went to the beach last weekend.
b) permanent past situations STATE VERBS
I lived in Germany for 15 years.
State verbs such as hate, like, love, want, smell, hear, taste,
c) a sequence of events in the past
sound, prefer, know, believe, belong, cost, weigh and have are
I woke up, had a shower then ate some breakfast.
not used in continuous tenses.
PAST CONTINUOUS
e.g. When I was young, I was having a lot of toys
I/he/she it was working When I was young, I had a lot of toys.
+
You/we/they were working
Grammar Point 2 - Past Habits

I/he/she/it wasn’t (=was not) working USED TO

-
You/we/they weren't (=were not) working

+ I/he/she/you/we/they used to play soccer.

Was I/he/she/it working?
?
- I/he/she/you/we/they didn’t use to play soccer.
Were you/we/they working?

? Did he/she/you/we/they use to play soccer?

Spelling rules for past continuous

Verb Rule Example We use used to + verb to express both past habits and states.
It can be used with action and state verbs
Most verbs +ing start starting
Examples:
Ends with one 'e' -e +ing give giving John used to play video games (action)
One syllable, ends John used to be shy (state)
double the final
in consonant, vowel, stop stopping
consonant
consonant (CVC)
WOULD
Ends in 'ie' -ie + ying lie lying
+ I/he/she/you/we/they would play soccer.
Two syllables, ends
double the final
in CVC, stress on last begin beginning - I/he/she/you/we/they wouldn’t play soccer.
consonant
syllable

? Would he/she/you/we/they play soccer?

Two syllables, ends in 'L' double the 'L' travel travelling

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

167
GRAMMAR SUMMARY
We use would + verb to express past habits. We do not use it My football team hasn’t won the championship yet (but I
to express past states. It can only be used with action verbs. expect they will in the future)
I haven’t found my wallet yet (so I’m still looking)
Examples:
I would watch a lot of TV after school (action) Note: ‘yet’ can only go in negative sentences and questions. It
I would have longer hair when I was young (state) should also go at the end of the sentence.
I have eaten breakfast yet.
Note: The past simple can also be used to express both past
habits and states. Notes
The present perfect simple is a past tense that tells us
Examples
something about the present. The past simple only tells us
I watched a lot of TV after school (action)
about the past.
I had longer hair when I was young (state)

Compare:
Unit 3 - Grammar Summary I’ve already eaten breakfast ( = I’m full and don’t need any
Grammar Point 1 - Present Perfect Simple food now)
I ate breakfast ( = completed action in the past)
I/you/we/they have worked
+
He/she/it has worked We can never use when with the present perfect.

I/you/we/they haven’t worked

We use it with the past simple.
-
He/she/it hasn’t worked
Examples
Have I/you/we/they worked?
?
Has he/she/it worked? When have you read that book? When did you read that book?

Grammar Point 2 - Present Perfect Continuous

We use the present perfect simple for:

a) life experience I/you/we/they have been working.

+
He/she/it has been working.
I have been to Hawaii but I have never been to Fiji.
note: used with ever (in questions) and never (in + sentences) I/you/we/they haven’t been working.
-
He/she/it hasn’t been working.
b) unfinished past
Have I/you/we/they been working?
She has worked here for 7 years. ?
Has he/she/it been working?
note: used with for (how long) and since (when the action
started) The present perfect continuous has the same functions as
c) past actions/events with influence/result now the present perfect simple.
He has already seen the movie (so he doesn’t need to watch
We use the present perfect continuous for:
it again.)
note: used with already, yet and just. a) life experience
He has never been bungee jumping.
JUST
Have you ever been swimming with dolphins?
Sarah has just completed two courses (she finished recently)
b) unfinished past
Nina has just moved to Sydney (she is still very new to the area)
Caroline has been living in Australia for 8 months.
I’ve just cut my finger (and it’s bleeding a lot now)
c) past actions/events with influence/result now
ALREADY We have been playing basketball (= that’s why we are sweaty)
I’ve already read 20 pages of the book (faster than I expected!) Has Mary been drinking? (= she seems to be drunk)
She’s already finished the homework (she finished very quickly)
Nina has already lived in Sydney for two months (I can’t Notes
believe how quickly the time has gone!) We use the present perfect continuous when we want
to emphasize the action or duration of an action, or to
YET
emphasize that a situation is temporary, not permanent.
I haven’t been to Egypt yet (but I want to go)

168
 GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Compare: Notes

I’ve done my chores = my chores are completed so I You can make comparative adjectives stronger by adding

am free now (focused on the result) words like much and a lot:

vs.
Examples:
I’ve been doing chores = I’ve been spending a lot of
Sydney is (much/a lot) bigger than my hometown.
time doing my chores. It does not matter if they are
Your pronunciation is (much/a lot) better than mine.
completed (focused on duration)
This gallery is (much/a lot) more interesting than the one we

I’ve lived here for 20 years = I am a permanent went to yesterday.

resident of this country. It can also be phrased in the negative.

vs.
I’ve been living here for 6 months = I am a temporary Examples:

resident of this country. Sydney isn’t as big as my hometown.

Sydney is (not much/ not a lot/ slightly) bigger than my
hometown. (This means Sydney is bigger, but the difference
Unit 4 – Grammar Summary
is only small)
Grammar Point 1 – Comparatives and Superlatives
If you want to say things are the same, use as + adjective + as:
We use comparative adjectives (e.g. bigger, faster, more Examples:
delicious, better, worse) to compare people, things or places. I am as tall as my mother.
They are usually followed by than. Your test score was as good as mine.
You are as beautiful as a flower.
Examples:
Simona is taller than Laura. OTHER EXPRESSIONS
My shoes are more expensive than yours. The people in Sydney are different from the people in Melbourne.
The price of an apartment in Australia is similar to the price of a
We use superlative adjectives (e.g. the biggest, the fastest, the
house in other countries.
most delicious, the best, the worst) to compare people, things or
The temperature in Australia is the same as in Brazil.
places. They are usually followed by a preposition.
There are fewer cars and less pollution in the countryside.
Examples:
Gary is the shortest in the class. Grammar Point 2 – Future Forms
Usain Bolt is the fastest of all the runners.
WILL

Rule Adj Comparative Superlative I/you/we/they/he/she/it I/you/we/they/he/she/it

+
will work. will be hungry.

1. one I/you/we/they/he/she/it I/you/we/they/he/she/it

+ er / est fast faster the fastest -
syllable won’t work. won’t be hungry.

2. –e + r / st cute cuter the cutest Will I/you/we/they/he/she/ Will I/you/we/they/he/she/it

?
it work? be hungry?

3. 2
- y + ier /
syllables heavy heavier the heaviest We use will for:
iest
ending in y
a) future facts
4.
double last I will turn 20 this weekend.
consonant
consonant big bigger the biggest
vowel
+ er / est b) future predictions (without evidence)
consonant

5. two
People will drive flying cars in the future.
+more / more the most
or more expensive c) promises
the most expensive expensive
syllables
I will call you when I get home.
good better the best
6. irregular x d) spontaneous decisions/offers
bad worse the worst
That bag looks heavy. I will help you with it.
WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

169
GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Notes very similar, so we can use both in many situations, but there
We don’t use will if we know what is going to happen. We are is a small difference:
just thinking, guessing, or imagining. Use words like ‘maybe’,
‘perhaps’, and ‘I think/don’t think’ to show you are not sure If you have a plan or an intention, or you made an arrangement,
use be going to
Examples

Maybe my mum will call me today. (You are guessing) If your plan, intention or arrangement is going to happen soon,

I think I’ll go to the cinema tonight. (You are not sure) if you know the time or if other people know, use present

Perhaps robots will take all our jobs! (You are imagining) continuous.

When not to use it: Unit 5 – Grammar Summary

I will go to the beach on Saturday. (You decided earlier) Grammar Point 1 – Zero and First Conditionals
I will work this evening. (This was arranged earlier)
My friends will get (This was (hopefully!) arranged earlier) ZERO CONDITIONAL
married this weekend.
The zero conditional is used to talk about general situations, or
something that is always true.
BE GOING TO

I/you/we/they am/are going to work We use if + present to talk about a general situation and
+
He/she/it is going to work
present to talk about a general consequence.
I/you/we/they am/are not going to work
-
He/she/it is not going to work
e.g. If people study hard, they improve their English.

?
Am/are I/you/we/they going to work? (Condition) (Result)
Is he/she/it going to work?

The if clause can come first or second. If the if clause comes

We use be going to for: first, we usually put a comma before the second clause.
a) plans
e.g. People improve their English if they study hard.
My boss is going to give me a raise!
(Result) (Condition)
b) intentions
I am going to get married someday. FIRST CONDITIONAL
c) future predictions (with evidence)
The first conditional is used to talk about a specific situation in
It’s going to rain (= it’s cloudy outside)
the future.
PRESENT CONTINUOUS
We use if + present to talk about a possible situation and will/
I/you/we/they am/are working won’t + verb to talk about the possible consequence.
+
He/she/it is working

I/you/we/they am/are not working e.g. If I miss the train, I’ll take the bus.
-
He/she/it is not working
(Condition) (Result)
Am/are I/you/we/they working?
?
Is he/she/it working?
e.g. I’ll take the bus if I miss the train.
(Result) (Condition)
We use the present continuous for:
a) future arrangements Notes
I’m meeting my friends at 6pm tonight. Use first conditional to talk about things that might happen
in the future and what the result will be:
Notes:
e.g. If Susie sleeps in late tomorrow,
We use ‘going to’ and ‘am doing’ (present continuous) when
she will miss the train to the blue Mountains.
we know what will happen in the future. The meaning can be
Is Susie definitely going to sleep in? No. We are imagining a

170
 GRAMMAR SUMMARY
possibility. But IF she sleeps in, we think she WILL miss the train. meaning. Don’t have to is used for situations which are not
necessary (optional) whilst mustn’t is used for prohibition.
e.g. If Pete saves enough money, he’ll travel to Brisbane.
Compare:
Can Pete definitely save the money? We don’t know. We are
You don’t have to bring a tennis racquet = It is not necessary.
imagining a possibility. But IF he saves the money, we think he
You can borrow mine.
WILL go to Brisbane.
You mustn’t enter this room = It is prohibited to enter this room.

If you are sure about the future, you can use when instead of if:
I/you/he/she/it/we/they have to go.
+
e.g. When I turn 25, I will buy a car I/you/he/she/it/we/they must go.
(you are sure you will turn 25) I/you/he/she/it/we/they don’t have to go.
-
I/you/he/she/it/we/they mustn’t go.
Make sure that if and will are in different clauses:
Do I/you/he/she/it/we/they have to go?
?
e.g. If I will go to the beach, I will see my friends. Must I/you/he/she/it/we/they go?

Grammar Point 2 – Modals of Advice, Obligation and Can’t and mustn’t can be used in a similar way to say

Permission something is prohibited:

e.g. You can’t/mustn’t walk when the sign is red.

CAN / BE ALLOWED TO

We use can / be allowed to for things that are OK or are

Unit 6 – Grammar Summary
permitted. We use can’t / not allowed to for things that are
prohibited. Grammar Point 1 – Passives

Passive grammar is a way of speaking that is a little more

I/you/he/she/it/we/they can go.
I am allowed to go. formal. It also shows that a thing, an action, or a process is
+
He/she/it is allowed to go. important, and the person or agent is less important.
They/we/you are allowed to go.

I/you/he/she/it/we/they can’t go.

We make the passive with to be + past participle.
I’m not allowed to go.
-
He/she/it isn’t allowed to go.
They/we/you aren’t allowed to go.
You are proud of your dad,
Can I/you/he/she/it/we/they go? Active My dad built this house. you want people to know he
Am I allowed to go? achieved this.
?
Is he/she/it allowed to go?
Are they/we/you allowed to go?
This house was built by You are speaking a little more
my dad. formally.
SHOULD
The builder is not important.
We use should to talk about good ideas or the correct thing to do, This house was built in The action (and the date) is
Passive
2005. important.
and shouldn’t to talk about bad ideas or the incorrect thing to do.
The builder is not important.
This house was made of The process is important.
+ I/you/he/she/it/we/they should go. wood.

- I/you/he/she/it/we/they shouldn’t go.

We use the passive when the agent is:
? Should I/you/he/she/it/we/they go? a) obvious
The man was arrested. (= by the police)
HAVE TO / MUST b) unimportant

Have to and must can be used in a similar way when there is an The church was built in 1905. (= the action, not the agent is
obligation. Have to is used more in conversation, and must is important)
used in formal writing (e.g. signs and notices) c) unknown
However, don’t have to and mustn’t do not have the same My wallet was stolen. (= by somebody)

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

171
GRAMMAR SUMMARY
d) people in general Notes:
Soccer is loved all around the world. (= by people in general) Make sure to use second conditional when you are imagining
a present or future idea, or talking about a hypothetical/
The passive can be used in different tenses. For example: impossible idea.

FORM ACTIVE PASSIVE Imagining the Imagining the

Impossible ideas
present future
Toyota makes good cars.
Present Simple
Good cars are made by Toyota. If I saw Brad Pitt
If I had a car (now), If I had wings, I would
(in the future), I
I would drive to fly home. (You don’t
Present Intel is developing new computers. would ask for his
Melbourne. have wings!)
Continuous New computers are being developed by Intel. autograph.

James Cameron directed Titanic. If I went to Paris (in

Past Simple If I were at home I would travel more if
Titanic was directed by James Cameron. the future), I would
(now), I would give I were younger. (You
climb the Eiffel
my mum a big hug can’t be younger!)
Tower.
Tesla was creating a new car.
Past Continuous
A new car was being created by Tesla.
If all food tasted the
I would talk to her If I won the lottery
same, it would be
Apple has invented a new smartphone. if I knew her name (in the future), I
Present Perfect very boring. (All food
A new smartphone has been invented by Apple. (now) would buy a house.
can’t taste the same!)

Modals (e.g. can/ The mayor will open the new stadium.
will) The new stadium will be opened by the mayor. It is very common to give advice by using second conditional:

e.g. If I were you, I would go to the Hunter Valley for a

Don’t over-use passive forms. Most of what we say is in active
holiday – It’s really lovely!
language, but passive gives us information about what the speaker
thinks is important. It helps you understand the speaker.
Unit 7 – Grammar Summary

Grammar Point 2 – Second Conditional Grammar Point 1 – Defining and Non-defining Relative Clauses

SECOND CONDITIONAL
DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES
The second conditional is an imaginary present/future
conditional.
Defining relative clauses are used to define exactly who or

We use if + past to talk about an imaginary/hypothetical what we are talking about, and give essential information

present/future situation, and would/wouldn’t + verb to talk about a person, place or thing.

about the imaginary/hypothetical consequence.

We use relative pronouns (which, who, that, where, whose and
e.g. If a bull attacked me, I would run away. when) to connect the noun we are describing to the relative
(Condition) (Consequence) clause.

The if clause can come first or second. If the if clause comes

Relative pronoun Example
first, we usually put a comma before the second clause.
who/that
This is the person who/that won the award.
(people)
e.g. I would run away if a bull attacked me.
(Consequence) (Condition) which/that This is the ring which/that my boyfriend gave
(things/animals) to me.

It is possible to use could + verb instead of would. where

This is the classroom where we study.
(places)

e.g. If you exercised more, you could be healthier. whose That’s the girl whose mother manages the
(possession) bookshop.

when
It is common to use were instead of was after I/he/she/it (time)
Yesterday was the day when everything went
wrong!

e.g. If I were younger, I’d have more free time.

172
 GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Notes
Defining Relative Clauses Non-Defining Relative Clauses
Who and which can be replaced with that with no difference in
meaning. Can replace which and Can’t replace which and who
who with that with that
e.g. Children who/that dislike e.g. My grandmother, who/that
Who and which can be used to replace the subject or object of chocolate are uncommon is 65 years old, live in Perth.

a clause. Can’t leave out which, who or

Can leave out which, who and
that, even if it’s the object of the
that when it is the object of the
relative clause
relative clause
Compare: e.g. My friend Tom, who/that/X
e.g. That was the best movie
I went to school with, is leaving
This is the person. The person won the prize = which/that/X I’ve ever seen.
Australia next year.
This is the person who won the prize.
Separated from the rest of the
vs. Isn’t separated from the rest of
sentence with commas
the sentence with commas
This is the person. John needs to talk to the person = e.g. The Opera house, which
e.g. The person who came with
was built in 1959, is one of the
This is the person who John needs to talk to. her has already left.
most popular tourist attractions
in Sydney.

If who or which replace the object of the relative clause, it is Sometimes the use of commas will change the meaning of a
possible to omit it. sentence.

e.g. This is the person (who) John needs to talk to. Compare:
The students who passed the test were happy
Where is used to describe what happens in/at a place. (defining = a group of students who passed the test
were happy. Some students did not pass)
e.g. This is the classroom. We study in the classroom = vs.
This is the classroom where we study. The students, who passed the test, were happy.
(Non-defining = All of the students passed the test,
Whose is used to replace possessives. and all of them were happy.)

e.g. This is the man. The man’s wife works here = This is Grammar Point 2 – Countable/Uncountable Nouns and
the man whose wife works here. Quantifiers

NON-DEFINING RELATIVE CLAUSES COUNTABLE AND UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS

Most countable nouns are separate objects that can be

Non-defining relative clauses give extra information about a
counted and have a plural form (e.g. apple -> apples) whilst
person, place or thing and are not essential to the meaning of
uncountable nouns are usually liquids (e.g. water), substances
the sentence. If we omit the non-defining relative clause, the
(e.g. flour) or have abstract qualities (e.g. time). Uncountable
sentence will still make sense.
nouns do not have a plural form.
Compare:
Some nouns can be both countable and uncountable.
Leonardo Da Vinci, who was incredibly talented,
Compare:
painted the Mona Lisa.
Would you like some chocolate?
vs.
(= part of a block of chocolate)
Leonardo Da Vinci painted the Mona Lisa.
vs.
(The sentence still makes sense as we still
Would you like some chocolates?
understand who Leonardo Da Vinci is)
(= individual chocolates in a box)

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

173
GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Spelling rules for plural forms much and many are used in positive sentences with too, as and
so in informal speech.
most nouns +s a suitcase suitcases
e.g. I have as many days off as Rob
nouns ending with s, ch, sh, x +es a match matches (= we have the same number of days off)
I have too much free time
nouns ending with a vowel + y +s a play plays (= I have more free time than I need)
nouns ending with a I have so many shoes
-y + ies a ferry ferries
consonant + y (= I have a lot of shoes).

nouns ending with a vowel + o +s a kangaroo kangaroos

Unit 8 – Grammar Summary
nouns ending with a
+es a hero heroes
consonant + o
Grammar Point 1 – Past Perfect
-f/fe +
nouns ending with f or fe a knife knives
ves
+ I/you/we/they/he/she/it had worked.
Some countable nouns have an irregular plural form.

Examples: - I/you/we/they/he/she/it hadn’t worked.

Child children, person people, woman women, sheep sheep

? Had I/you/we/they/he/she/it worked?

QUANTIFIERS
We use the past perfect to show a past action happened
Quantifiers are used before nouns to express an amount or
earlier than another past action. We use it to make it clear
quantity. Some can be used with plural nouns, uncountable
that the action is out of sequence / to make the order clear.
nouns or both.

plural and Compare:

plural nouns uncountable nouns
uncountable nouns
My friend surprised me. I dropped my glass on the floor
a lot of/lots of (1.past simple) (2.past simple)
some
several a bit of
any
a couple of a few = My friend surprised me, then I dropped my glass
no
many much (Past simple actions in order)
plenty of
enough vs.

I was so surprised! My best friend had organised a party for me!

Notes
(2.past simple) (1.past perfect)
any can be used in negative sentences and questions
= My friends organized a party, then I was surprised.
e.g. I don’t have any money / Do you have any time this (Past perfect before past simple).
weekend?
Grammar Point 2 – Narrative Tenses and Extreme Adjectives
some can be used in positive sentences and offers
NARRATIVE TENSES

e.g. I have some money in my wallet / Would you like I was walking along the street when I saw an old man who was
some tea? lying on the street. He had fallen over. I ran over and helped him up.

no is used in positive sentences, but has the same meaning as Some tenses we use when telling stories are:
not any
a) Past continuous for background information and past
simple for the main information
e.g. I have no money = I don’t have any money.
I was walking along the street when I saw an old man
much and many are used in negative sentences and questions.
b) Past perfect for actions that happen before another past action
e.g. I don’t have much money (= not a lot of money) / I saw an old man. He had fallen over
Do you have many friends on Facebook?
2 1

174
 GRAMMAR SUMMARY
c) Past simple for actions that happen in order Requests (ask)
I ran over and helped him up Direct speech: She said, “Please open the window.”
1 2 Reported speech: She asked me to open the window.

EXTREME ADJECTIVES Note: We form the negative of the infinitive by adding not
before to. E.g. She asked me not to open the window.
Instead of using very + adj, we can use an extreme adjective.
Questions (ask)
e.g. It’s very cold = It’s freezing.
Direct speech: He said, “When do you work?”
Reported speech: He asked me when I worked.
Base adjective Extreme Adjective

frightened terrified Direct speech: She said, “Do you work?”

dirty filthy Reported speech: She asked me if/whether I worked.
tired exhausted
big huge
bag awful Note:
happy ecstatic The word order of questions in direct speech and report speech
pleased delighted
differs.
surprised astonished
angry furious
funny hilarious Compare:
hot boiling Direct speech: He said, “What time is it?”
small tiny Reported speech: He asked me what time is it. X
good excellent Reported speech: He asked me what time it is. O
cold freezing

When there is not wh-Q, use if or whether

Note: Don’t forget the difference between –ing (describing a Backshift of Tense/Changing Pronouns and Time
thing, a situation or a person) and –ed adjectives (describing
how a person feels). When transforming from direct speech to reported speech, we
often change the tense, pronouns and place/time phrases.

E.g. The show was astonishing vs. I was astonished.

Example:
Direct speech: She said, “I saw the movie last night.”
Unit 9 – Grammar Summary Reported speech: She said (that) she had seen the movie the

Grammar Point 1 – Reported Speech night before.

BACKSHIFT OF TENSE
We can report what somebody has said in two ways.
Direct Speech Reported Speech
Compare:

Direct speech: He said, “I love her so much.” Present simple Past simple
“I love it.” He said that he loved it.
Reported speech: He said that he loved her.

Present continuous Past continuous

Statements (say / tell)
“I’m working.” She said that she was working.
Direct speech: She said, “I hate rainy days.”
Reported speech: She said (that) she hated rainy days. Past simple
“I saw it.”
Reported speech: She told me (that) she hated rainy days.
Present perfect Past perfect
“I’ve seen it.” He said that he had seen it.
Orders (tell) Past perfect
Direct speech: He said, “Do your homework!” “I had seen it.”

Reported speech: He told me to do it. Past perfect continuous

Present perfect continuous
She said that she had been
“I’ve been jogging.”
Note: We form the negative of the infinitive by adding not jogging.
before to. E.g. He told me not to do it.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

175
GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Unit 10 – Grammar Summary
Will Would
“I’ll go to the cinema.” He said that he would go to the cinema. Grammar Point 1 – Past Modals

Imperative Infinitive Structure Function Example

“Go home.” He told/asked me to go home.
• to talk about
something that was I could have started
possible in the past studying much
TIME/PLACE but you did not do it. earlier but I felt
Often reflects regret. unmotivated.
Direct Speech Reported Speech OR
could have + past
participle • to talk about James could have
yesterday the day before something that finished the repairs
was possible for hours ago but he
today that day someone else in the keeps stopping for
past but they did not coffee.
do it. Often reflects
last week the week before / the previous week criticism.

tomorrow the next day • to talk about We couldn’t have

could not have + something that was met you on that
past modal not possible in the weekend anyway
next month the following month past, even if you had because Sonia was
wanted it to happen sick.
this / these that / those
• to talk about
something we did I should’ve spoken to
here there not do in the past. you earlier about the
Often reflects regret. noise problems.

now then should have + past OR Those children

participle should’ve been at
• to talk about home doing their
something someone homework, not
Grammar Point 2 – Reporting Verbs else did not do. riding their bikes on
Often reflects the road.
After specific reporting verbs, there are different grammatical criticism.

patterns. • to talk about I shouldn’t have

something we did eaten so much cake!
do in the past. Often I feel really sick now.
Pattern Verbs Example reflects regret.
should not have OR Jess shouldn’t have
+past participle washed up Pete’s
• to talk about dishes. Now he’ll
agree something someone never do anything for
refuse else did do (criticise) himself.
He promised (not)
+ (not) to + infinitive offer
to go.
promise
threaten • to imagine I would’ve paid more
something that did attention in the
would have + past
not happen in the meeting but it was
modal
past boring.
advise
would not have +
ask • to explain why Jake wouldn’t have
past modal
convince something did left early without a
encourage happen good reason. Don’t
+ person + (not) to + She convinced me
invite worry.
infinitive (not) to go.
persuade
remind
Question Forms
tell
warn

could have Could I have left my passport in the taxi?

apologise to sb
for
insist on
accuse sb of Should she have put the chicken in the oven
recommend He insisted on (not) should have
+ (not) -ing form so early?
admit going.
regret
blame sb for
suggest Would he have thrown it in the bin when he
would have
deny saw the damage?

176
 GRAMMAR SUMMARY
Note: would have and could have refer to things that were
If they hadn’t passed the exam, their parents would have been
possible however would is something likely and could is sad.

something possible I wouldn’t have invited Jenny if she had been rude to me.
-
If he hadn’t told me about the book, I wouldn’t have learned
Examples: about the new ideas.

Why didn’t you tell me there were seats available at the back
Would you have waited longer if the bus had been delayed?
of the room? I would have sat there instead. (likely)
? What would you have done if it had been stolen?
You know I could have gone to the USA like my brother to
If she had finished it for you, what would you have done?
study. But I decided to come to Australia to do something
different. (possible)
Note: Be careful using could in the negative form of the 3rd
conditional. Could not have expresses certainty.
Grammar Point 2 – Third Conditional
Example:
THIRD CONDITIONAL

Lindsey couldn’t have used my scissors yesterday because she

We use the third conditional to talk about a past situation that
wasn’t here = it was impossible.
did not happen.

condition/situation result/action
(if clause) (main clause) WISH / IF ONLY
Wish and if only are used to express regrets in regards to what
If + subject + past perfect subject + would have + past participle
we would like to change about the past or present. If only is
If I had woken up earlier stronger in meaning.
I would have made lunch.
the door,
Referring to the present:

Note: The third conditional, like all conditionals is separated into wish + past simple
two parts: I wish you didn’t have to go home early.
a) the ‘if clause’ (condition / situation)
if only + past simple
- If I had woken up earlier, and
If only I had a pet to keep me company.
b) the ‘main clause’ (result / action)
- I would have made lunch. Referring to the past:

wish + past perfect

These clauses can go in either order. This does not change
I wish I had chosen the chicken burger instead.
the meaning, however when the ‘if clause’ is first, it is always
followed by a comma. if only + past perfect
If only I hadn’t thrown away the recipe.
Example:
If I had seen Chris, I would have told him. Note: We can use wish to express annoyance about other
people or things that we cannot change.
I would have told Chris if I had seen him. (no comma used)

wish + someone / something + would

might and could can also be used instead of would but express I wish he would stop leaving the door open. (He won’t stop
that we are less sure about what would have happened. leaving the door open. Only he can change his behaviour.)

Example: You cannot say:

If I had read the newspaper, I might / could have noticed the I wish I would … (Because you are able to control your own
behaviour).
advertisement (The speaker is not 100% sure)

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

177
LISTENING SCRIPTS
Unit 1 – Track 1.1 sisters.
Speaker 1
But if you look at photos of us when we were younger, even I can’t say which
I spend way too much time travelling. My regular daily commute begins at
one is me. We used to look absolutely identical. And Mum says we didn’t use
about seven in the morning. Um, I leave my house, then walk to the tube
to talk much when we were playing together – we seemed to know what each
station. From there I take the tube for six stops, then I hop on the train, er, for
other was thinking.
about ten minutes, then I take another tube for one stop, and then finally I
take another train for about 20 minutes, and then it’s a two-minute walk to I guess as we grew up we wanted to create our own unique identities. I
work. The whole journey takes about an hour and a half, I would say, and that’s remember at school Megan used to dress as differently from me as she could.
on a good day; on a bad day, it could take up to three hours, and it’s really I went through a phase of wearing lots of black and looking quite messy. So of
boring. course, Megan started wearing flowery dresses.
Speaker 2
We used to have a lot of arguments as teenagers but now we’re really good
I’m one of those people who just don’t think there are enough hours in the day
friends. We usually speak on the phone two or three times a day, and we get
I’m on the go the whole day long, from the moment I get up in the morning,
together as often as we can. So, what’s it like to have a twin? It’s great – you
um, to when I roll into bed at night. I have a really busy job where I’m on my
have a best friend for life!
feet all day. I usually end up working through my lunch break because there’s
so much to, to go on, um, and I would finish up work at about 5, 6 o’clock in MEGAN
the evening. Er, I normally would then, er, meet up with friends in the evening, Charlotte and I had a wonderful childhood. We did everything together. I had
um, have them over for dinner, um, and I spend a lot of time talking with my my best friend with me 24/7 and we used to be very close. She had a brilliant
family over Skype or some friends on the phone, um, thought I’d probably imagination and used to invent wonderful stories. Of course, we played the
like to spend more of my time doing that. Um, as I said before, there just isn’t usual twin jokes. At school, we used to swap clothes and confuse the teachers.
enough time. I’m not sure they even noticed some of the time – we looked so similar that
Speaker 3 even our parents used to mix us up.
I spend, er, quite a lot of time looking after my daughter. Um, obviously when
We didn’t use to argue much, but in our teenage years we started to grow
my wife’s there we share looking after her and playing with here and things.
apart. We were trying to find our own identity, I think, and each made a
But, um, my wife goes out to work, er, three of four nights a week, so when I
different group of friends. Later on, we went to universities in different towns.
get in from work, er, she goes out to work, and I finish off the dinner, look after
But it turned out that you can never escape being a twin. After our first year
my daughter, play with her, have dinner with her, give her a bath, brush her
away, we hadn’t seen each other for six months. The day we went home, we
teeth, er, read her a couple stories, put her to bed, sing some songs. I really
saw that we’d both cut all our hair off!
enjoy it. Um, it’s a great opportunity to kind of have one-to-one time with my
daughter. These days, I think we have quite different personalities. Charlotte is very kind
Speaker 4 and caring, but often forgets things and gets lost. I’m a bit more confident and
Oh, I can be so unproductive when I’m supposed to be writing an essay or, um organised. But we still have lots in common – we both love beach holidays,
doing work of some kind. Um, I’ll go on, on the internet to, um, to do some playing football and we both complain about our hair!
research for whatever topic I need to write about, um, but then I get, start
Unit 2 - Track 2.2
looking at other things that I’m more interested in. Um, I dunno, maybe news
about celebrities, or I might be downloading music. Um, and after several J = Josh / S = Sarah
hours, I still haven’t started researching my essay. S: So, how many friends would you say you had?
Speaker 5 J: Well, it all depends what you mean by friends, doesn’t it? I mean, I get on
I’d like to have more time to walk my dog. Um, at the weekends I have lots of well with a lot of people at work – that’s maybe twenty people I’d say were
time and I take her for a lovely long walk. Um, in the weekend, it’s always a friends…
bit of a rush and I never get a chance to really enjoy it properly, so I wish I had S: Do you socialise outside work?
more time for that. J: Oh, yes. Maybe not that often, but we meet up after work from time to
time… Then there are the friends I play football with. I guess I don’t have a lot
Unit 1 – Track 1.2 in common with them apart from football, but I’d say they were friends all the
I: Hannah, did it surprise you how you spend your free time? same.
H: Yeah, I didn’t expect to see these results at ll. Um… I’m a film-maker so I S: But how many of those friends would you ask to help you out if you were
think it’s normal to spend a lot of time watching films at the cinema and on in trouble?
DVD, but a lot of other things surprise me. J: Ah, well, that’s different. Friends you can really trust… there aren’t so many
I: For example? of those. Maybe five or six?
H: For example, I spend eight percent of my free time shopping. Well, I can’t S: And what about online? Do you have a lot of Facebook friends?
stand shopping. It drives me mad. J: No, not really. I can’t be bothered with it, really. I guess I’ve got about fifteen
I: Really? to twenty, but I don’t use it much. What about you?
H: Yeah, and the housework – I don’t mind doing the housework, but it’s not S: Oh, I have a lot of friends on Facebook, about 150, I think.
very interesting and I’d prefer to do less of that kind of thing. Also, I noticed J: 150?! Do you keep in touch with all of them?
that I spend fifteen percent of my time watching TV and only ten percent S: Yes, well, kind of – you know, we send the occasional message to each other.
reading, which surprises me because I enjoy reading and I always look forward J: And have you actually met all of them, face-to-face?
to starting a new book. S: No. Some of them are people I’ve met on holiday or something, and we
I: You don’t like TV so much? wanted to keep in touch. Some of them are old friends from school. But there
H: Well, most TV is like junk food for the brain and I should watch less. Other are quite a lot of friends who are people I’ve never actually met at all. I just
things… um… I love cooking, and I try to cook a proper meal at least four made friends with them on Facebook.
nights a week. And I often invite friends over to have dinner so it doesn’t J: I don’t see how you can be friends with someone you’ve never met.
surprise me that I spend seven percent of my time cooking and eating. S: Of course you can. I probably chat to some of them more than you talk to
I: Is there anything you’d really like to change: your friends from football!
H: Um… I never manage to do much exercise. I’d really like to go running J: Hmm. And what about in the real world? How many friends do you have in
every day just for half an hour but I never seem to find the time. So that’s one real life?
thing I’d like to change. S: Well, a lot of the friends I see often in real life are on Facebook, too, actually.
I’ve got friends from work like you, and then there are the people in my
Unit 2 – Track 2.1 evening class. I’m learning German…
J: And what about really close friends?
CHARLOTTE S: I’ve only got a couple of really close friends that I share everything with.
When people find out I’m a twin, they generally ask the same questions: Actually, if I’m honest, recently just one, because I’ve fallen out with one of my
What’s it like? Can you read each other’s thoughts? Can people tell you apart? best friends. We’re not speaking to each other at the moment.
Do you do everything together? J: Did you have a big argument?
S: Not exactly. It all started when…
It’s true that I often know what Megan is thinking or feeling, but that’s because
we grew up together and we’re very close. We’re no different from ordinary Unit 2 – Track 2.3

178
 LISTENING SCRIPTS
1. Last English lesson I was wearing jeans and a white shirt … I think. a London house was like in the 19th century. It’s small but really
fascinating.
2. I can clearly remember walking on my own for the first time. I was about 13 Carla: Ok, I am definitely going there! Well, thanks a lot – that’s been
months old and I was walking with my parents – they were holding my hands. great…
Suddenly, my favourite aunt appeared at the door and I walked towards her
… on my own. Unit 4 – Track 4.1
3. At that time I was watching football on TV, probably. Friend: Hi, Barry! How’s things?
Barry: Oh, not so good.
4. Her name was Miss Spivey and she was quite young – about 25, I think – Friend: How come? What’s the matter?
and she had very dark hair and dark eyes, and she always wore a lot of make- Barry: I hate my new job! It really gets me down.
up on her eyes, I remember. Friend: Too bad.
Barry: Yeah. Every morning I have to get up at six o’clock. Six o’clock! That’s a
5. While I was shopping in town, I saw the news on the TVs in a shop window. really bad start to the day. I used to get up at ten…or later!
I went into the shop and asked the assistant what was happening. Everyone in Friend: Hmm.
the shop was talking about it. They were really shocked. Barry: And there’s no bus at that time so I have to cycle five miles to get to
work. It’s cold and rainy every day.
Unit 3 – Track 3.1 Friend: Yes, the weather’s pretty bad at the moment.
Barry: And when I get to work, I have to make the boss a cup of coffee. I mean,
Part One can’t he get his own coffee? I feel like a servant!
Carla: So Tom, you used to live in London, didn’t you? Friend: Hmmm.
Tom: Yeah, I was there for 5 years. Barry: And when I start work it’s the same thing all the time…just answering
Carla: Oh, ‘coz I’m going to be there for about a week, and I’ve never the phone to hear people complain and complain.
been before. So I want some advice about what to do and where Friend: Oh, right. You’re in Customer Services, aren’t you?
to go. I mean obviously I’m planning to visit all the big tourist Barry: Yeah. Customer disservices, more like. The things those sales people tell
attractions like Big Ben and Buckingham Palace and the Tower of them! Really. Listening to all these customers moaning over the phone…I tell
London. But I want to know about places that Londoners go to. you, it makes me depressed.
You know, umm, where do people who live there go if they want Friend: So I see. Well, at least you get a free lunch.
to eat out or go shopping or like, just go out for the day? Where Barry: You mean used to. Now we have to pay. That’s another problem. It
do you recommend? costs me around a fiver just to eat…and that’s more than I get paid for an
hour’s work! I’m losing money!
Unit 3 – Track 3.2 Friend: Well, at least you finish work early.
Barry: Yeah, but when I get home around four I’m too tired to do anything. My
Part Two social life is zero right now.
Tom: It’s hard to know where to start. London’s great for parks… Friend: Why don’t you quit then?
museums…markets and just…street life, really. There are lots of Barry: Quit? Are you mad? It’s the best job I’ve had!
great places to just walk about and have a coffee and, you know,
just enjoy the atmosphere. I guess Covent Garden‘s the most Unit 4 – Track 4.2
famous place for that sort of thing, but personally I much prefer Phil: Are they environmentally friendly in Costa Rica? Do they protect their
the South Bank…you know, the area next to the River Thames rainforests and animals?
on the south side. There are lots of theatres and concert halls on Masha: Well, yes they do. The government is doing a lot, but it takes quite
the South Bank, but there are also cafés and shops, and you can a long time for forests to recover if they’ve already been cut down. They’ll
walk up and down the river and look for books at the bookstalls probably grow back, but not immediately.
and just hang out. It’s a great place to watch people. I’d definitely Phil: are you going to work in the rainforests?
recommend going there. Masha: No, no I’m not. I’ll be by the sea. I’m going to work on a project that
Carla: Cool. It sounds great. What about markets? I love markets! looks after turtles.
Tom: There are loads of great markets in London, but personally I’d Phil: Turtles? That’s very cool. But how do you look after turtles, I mean, what
recommend Brick Lane. That was my favourite. do you do?
Carla: Oh, I haven’t heard of that. What’s it like? Masha: Well, to be honest – I don’t really know! Tomorrow I’m meeting
Tom: Brick lane’s the traditional Bangladeshi area of East London, so it’s someone who worked on the project, and she’s going to tell me about the
famous for its curries and ethnic food. London’s a great place to kinds of things I’m going to do.
eat food from all over the world, and it’s not too expensive in Brick Phil: So, who else works on the project? Just people from overseas or local
Lane. people too?
Carla: Good. Masha: I’m not sure about that either. Perhaps I’ll work with local people as
Tom: But there’s a lot more there too. It’s a really arty area…there are a well.
lot of art students and fashion students living and studying there. Phil: So, you’re off to save the world. I think that’s great.
You can buy cool vintage stuff and individually designed clothes – Masha: Don’t know about saving the world. But I’ll definitely be able to save
you know, things you won’t find anywhere else – and it’s good for some turtles! And I’m going to make the most of my time in Costa Rica and
clubs and nightlife too. You’ll love it. learn some Spanish too.
Carla: Sounds great. And what about parks? London’s famous for its Phil: Let me know how things go.
parks, right? Masha: Sure. Actually, I’m going to keep a blog, so I’ll write regular updates on
Tom: Yeah, there are loads. Hyde Park’s the biggest park in central the blog and you can follow that.
London and it’s the most famous. But if you want to have Phil: Good idea. I’m sure you’ll have a great time.
a relaxing day away from the city centre, you should go to Masha: Yeah, so am I.
Richmond Park. That was my favourite park when I lived there.
Carla: Yeah? Unit 5 – Track 5.1
Ton: Yeah, it’s the biggest park in London and you can almost forget
you’re in a big city. I mean, at the weekends there are lots of Conversation 1:
people jogging and cycling and walking with their families and A: What on earth has happened to you? There’s blood all down your leg!
having picnics and stuff, but you can get away from everyone B: Oh, it’s nothing. I tripped up when I was out running. I fell on a bit of tree or
if you want to…and there are deer – lots of deer. You should something.
definitely go. A: Let me see. Oh, that looks nasty! It’s quite a deep cut. You’d better wash it
Carla: Ooooh, I love deer – I should go there! What about museums? I’m straightaway.
not really a museum person, but I’d like to go to one or two while B: Yeah, I will.
I’m there. Which ones do you recommend? A: You know, if I were you, I’d go down to A&E. I’d get it looked at.
Tom: Do you read detective stories? Sherlock Holmes? There’s a B: It doesn’t hurt. It’s just a cut, really. I’m not going all the way to the hospital
Sherlock Holmes museum. about a cut on my leg.
Carla: Really? I love Sherlock Holmes stories. Where’s the museum? A: Hmm, it might need stitches, though. I’d keep an eye on it if I were you.
Tom: It’s on Baker Street in central London. In the books, Sherlock B: OK, if it doesn’t stop bleeding, I’ll give the surgery a ring and see if the nurse
Holmes lived on Baker Street and the museum tries to show what is there.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

179
LISTENING SCRIPTS
A: Good, because I don’t think we’ve got any plasters big enough! Unit 5 – Track 5.3
R = Radio presenter / C = Clip / P = Professor / M = Man
Conversation 2:
C: Is my neck red? I think I’ve been stung or something. R: Welcome to Start the Day!
D: A bit, yeah. It looks a bit swollen. Is it itchy? C: Hello – can I help you?
C: Not exactly. It’s painful rather than really itchy. How funny, I don’t usually Your call is important to us.
react to insect bites and stuff. Oooh, I feel a bit sick, actually. Hello – can I help you?
D: You should put some antihistamine cream on it and see if it gets better. Your call is important to us. Sorry, all our operators are busy at the moment.
C: Have you got any? Please hold.
D: Yes, I’m sure I’ve got some somewhere. You’ll have to check the date on the M: They put you in a queue for age, listening to this terrible music. When you
tube, though. I’m not sure how long I’ve had it. finally speak to someone, you’re so angry, you just want to shout…
R: Anger. We all know the feeling. A report out last year shows that people are
Conversation 3: getting angrier. One in ten people say that they have trouble controlling their
E: Ow! temper. Traffic jams, airports, call centers, computer crashes – they can all leave us
F: Is your wrist still hurting you? feeling angry, and anger is difficult to control. Or is it? Professor Miller from The
E: Yeah, actually it is. It hurts when I move it. Metropolitan University is here to tell us about two very different therapies to
F: It might be worth getting it X-rayed. It’s been, what, three days now? I help us deal with stress. First of all, destruction therapy. What’s that about?
wouldn’t just ignore it – you might have broken something. P: Well, basically, the idea is that a lot of people, when they get angry, they
E: No, you’re probably right. But I’m sure it’s just a sprain, from when I fell don’t know what to do with their anger – they don’t deal with it very well.
against the table… They just keep it inside. But, if you don’t deal with your anger, sooner or later
F: Even so, you’re best getting it looked at. it will explode. So with destruction therapy, you use your anger to destroy
E: Hmm. something, but in a controlled way, and the idea is that if you do that, it helps
F: Why don’t you go and see Rosana in reception? She’s the first-aid person. you to feel better.
She’ll know. R: OK, I get angry a lot. Can destruction therapy help me?
E: Good idea. P: Perhaps. We can try it. What we do is we take you to a place full of old cars.
When we get there, I’ll give you a hammer, and you can use it to smash a car
Unit 5 – Track 5.2 to pieces.
Conversation 1: R: Really? Is it that simple? If I smash the car to pieces, will I feel better?
A: Hello. Mr Gomez? P: Yes, a little. But that’s only the beginning. Then, I’ll ask you to think about a
B: Yes? situation in the past when you felt really angry. And when you think about that
A: I’m sorry. Have you been waiting long? anger situation, you’ll hit the car much harder. And the therapy will be much
B: About two hours. more satisfying. When we finish the session, you’ll feel much better.
A: I’m sorry, we’re quite busy today. You’ve done something to your ankle? R: That’s amazing, and businesses are using this kind of therapy in Spain, is that
B: Yes. right?
A: Hmm, it’s quite swollen. Does it hurt? P: Yes, there are some old hotels in Spain. You can pay to go and destroy the
B: Yeah, it’s very painful. hotel. So, some companies who fell that their workers are too stressed, or they
A: Can you put any weight on it at all? need to build a team, send their workers to destroy the hotel. And it’s a good
B: No, no. It hurts too much. way for them to get rid of that stress. It works.
A: Hmm. And how did you do it? R: That’s incredible. But there’s another idea I wanted to ask you about. People
B: I was just coming out of the hotel and I slipped on the stair and my ankle… say that laughter is the best medicine. And nowadays, laughter therapy is used
it just… in hospitals to help people with pain.
A: You just fell over on it. Nasty. Well, I think we should do an X-ray. It might P: That’s right.
just be badly sprained, but it could be broken. You’ll have to wait again, I’m R: So, how does that work?
afraid. We’ve been a bit short on staff lately. I’ll ask the nurse to give you P: Well, if people laugh about something, they feel better. On average, children
something for the pain. laugh up to 400 times a day, but when we grow up, we only laugh about
B: Good. How long will I have to wait for the X-ray? seventeen times a day. And it’s not enough, because when you laugh, your
A: Hopefully, it won’t be more than half an hour. Are you on any medication? body produces chemicals – and these chemicals make you feel less pain. So, in
B: Er… I take something for my asthma. Mexico, for example, they use laughter therapy in hospitals. A group of people
A: That’s fine. Have you ever had any adverse reactions to any painkillers – go around the hospital, visiting the patients, and basically, they make them
paracetamol or anything? laugh, by telling them jokes, or doing something funny.
B: No, never. R: And does it really work? Do people feel better afterwards?
A: OK, fine. Well, I’ll get the nurse to give you something and then take you P: Absolutely! They feel better, and they don’t need medicine.
down for the X-ray. R: That’s brilliant. So, in Mexico, laughter really is the best medicine?
P: Yes, it looks like it. That’s right…
Conversation 2:
C: Hello. Unit 6 – Track 6.1
D: Hello. Mari: I’m Mari from Argentina. Here we’ve had very little rain in recent
E: Hello. years. Argentina is an agricultural country and this drought is causing a lot of
C: Take a seat. What seems to be the problem? problems. Crops can’t be planted because the soil is too dry. Cattle are drying
D: It’s my boyfriend. He’s been up all night throwing up. He’s hardly slept, he because they don’t have enough grass to eat. And the water from wells is
had a high temperature – 39 – and his heart was beating really fast. getting concentrated and salty. Maybe next year will be better.
C: And how long have you been like this?
D: Sorry, he doesn’t speak much English. He first said he felt a bit sick Marcel: I’m Marcel. Here in France we’ve had record breaking heat waves.
yesterday afternoon and then he threw up about seven and he hasn’t really How hot has it been? One summer we had 20,000 deaths in Europe from the
stopped since. heat. Some scientists don’t agree that global warming is the cause. They say
C: Oh dear. Any diarrhoea? it’s always hot in the summer time. But in recent years we’ve had more days of
D: Actually, no, none. extreme heat than we used to. It feels like global warming to me!
C: And has he been able to drink anything? Joseph: My name’s Joseph from New Orleans. In this part of the US everyone
D: No, that’s the problem. When he drinks water, he’s sick again. is talking about hurricanes. Maybe you’ve heard of Hurricane Katrina. But that
C: Right, well, let’s have a look. Can you just take off your jumper and sit up same year we had a record number of hurricanes and major tropical storms.
here? Open your mouth and stick your tongue out. Lovely. And now take a Twenty-seven in all. They say the storms are so strong because the ocean
deep breath. Again… breathe in… and out. Just lie down. I’m going to press water is warmer. The storms get energy from the warm water, and we get hit.
quite hard. Does it hurt? And here?
E: Hmm. It’s OK. Jasmine: I’m Jasmine. I live in New Delhi, the capital of India. Our biggest
C: Maybe a bit uncomfortable – but no pain? climate problem in recent years has been flooding. It’s true, getting a lot of
E: Yes… no pain. rain is not unusual here. We have a monsoon season, and during that time
C: OK, you can put your jumper back on. I think it’s viral gastroenteritis, so rivers can overflow and that’s usually good news for farmers. Lately, however,
there’s no need for antibiotics. I’ll give him an injection to stop the vomiting the water has been so deep that people have had to leave their homes and
and then he just needs to rest and take lots of fluids. OK. Any questions? villages. And even though there’s water everywhere it’s not clean, so diseases
D: No, I don’t think so. I’ll explain to him. are another concern when you have flooding.

180
 LISTENING SCRIPTS
Unit 6 – Track 6.2 B: Hmm.
S: That’s genuine leather. It’ll last forever, that will.
Have you ever heard of an organization called Greenpeace? Do you know
B: Sure. It’s nice. But two fifty?
what they do?
S: How much do you wanna pay?
Greenpeace is an international organization that protects the environment.
B: Well, I was thinking fifty.
In past years, they have worked to end whale hunting and nuclear testing.
S: Fifty! Come on!
More recently, they have added other environmental issues to their efforts,
B: OK, one hundred?
such as global warming, nuclear power, and genetic engineering. Greenpeace
S: One hundred. You’re insulting me! I won’t make any money like that. Listen,
has offices in over forty countries, and has about 2.8 million supporters
I’ll give it to you for two hundred.
worldwide. The organization receives money from private donations only,
B: Come on. I’ve seen similar ones that are cheaper. One fifty.
never from governments or corporations. Any government or corporate
S: Similar, but not as good. Go on then! Go and buy it. You’re wasting my
money is returned. Charity organizations may also donate money.
time…OK, I’ll tell you what, I’ll do it for a hundred and ninety.
The organization began in the early 1970s when it wanted to stop an B: One sixty. I don’t have much money left.
underground nuclear test in Alaska. The United States had planned to use a S: One hundred and eighty. Final offer. Take it or leave it. I can’t go lower than
nuclear bomb in an area inhabited by sea otters, bald eagles, peregrine falcons, that. Look, it’s perfect on you. You look gorgeous.
and other wildlife. Greenpeace sailed a boat into the testing area. Although the B: It is nice… OK, one eighty.
US removed the activists and carried out the test, a national outcry prevented S: Love, you drive a hard bargain. My wife’ll kill me if she finds out how much I
additional tests. The area was later turned into a wildlife sanctuary. Similar gave that away for! That’s her summer holiday she’s losing on that deal. You
protests were made against the French, who tested nuclear bombs in the want anything else? Hand-printed T-shirts? Unique, they are. Look.
Pacific Ocean.
Greenpeace is well known for its protests around the world. Of course they Unit 7 – Track 7.3
also attend international conferences, meet with politicians, advertise, W = Woman / M = Man
and educate the public, just to name a few of the ways they fight for the W: What surprised me most about this process is how easy it ended up being.
environment. But they are most famous for the protests which involve “direct I thought it was going to be really hard and stressful, but it wasn’t.
action.” Volunteers damage or vandalize facilities, as well as arrange protests Take away tips for anyone considering to go tiny, is just to do it. You don’t need
and sit-ins. These are only some examples of direct action. A less direct that stuff that they tell you that you need… to have all the latest gadgets,
approach, such as donating money, is called indirect action. you need to have the big house.
With direct action, Greenpeace hopes to bring the media’s attention to a M: The experience has taught us so far that we don’t need all the stuff, all the
problem, who will then report it to the general public. As such, Greenpeace space. Once you’ve done it, there’s no going back.
looks for creative ways to get on the news. One common method has been W: We aren’t missing the city life at all. The cows, they’re gorgeous.
for volunteers to place their boat in front of whaling ship to save the whales. M: Milking the cows, fresh milk every morning.
This creates a powerful image for TV news and newspapers. The organization W: The girls are just gonna have a great start, just knowing already what’s
doesn’t do any violent protests, though. important in life and what’s not. That’s y’know a really big deal.
Many of Greenpeace’s activities are considered illegal, either because they M: Now that I’ve seen the two different ways of living and I’m sure they’re
include going onto private property or they are actions that ignore the law. For gonna love the tiny life.
all the good they may have done to help save the Earth, some opponents have W: Anybody considering going tiny, just really need to not be scared and be
called the organization “environmental terrorists.” What do you think about open to having a look at all the different houses, and just yeah, not being
Greenpeace? afraid and...
M: Do it!
Unit 7 – Track 7.1 W: Yeah do it.
1. I don’t like souvenirs like magnets or key rings. They’re a waste of money. M: Just do it. Really glad we chose the property. It’s working good, it’s
Better to have something you can consume. My neighbour’s Italian and he functioning… quite well. While the kitchen, it’s still a work in progress.
gave us this delicious fruit cake. Apparently, it’s very typical. Oh, what do W: We put a railing around the wood stove. Safety mum’s made a lot of
you call it…um…comes in a box… oh, Pannetone – that’s it! Anyway, yeah, adjustments. We put a few gates and things up.
I also went to Malta recently and we bought a bottle of drink made from M: Gates and… screen things.
prickly pears. Lovely. We finished the drink in about two days, but I kept the W: I’m still chasing them around, so we still have a few things to do. The
bottle as it was actually perfect for keeping oil in. quality of life now that we’ve gone tiny has been amazing.

2. My wife’s an English teacher and she gets all kinds of presents from her Unit 8 – Track 8.1
students – and I know I’m going to sound ungrateful – but I don’t want A = Anna, D = Dan
them! One student gave her a present for me. It was a horrible silk tie with
a picture of the Great Wall of China printed on it! Another time we had this A: How was your holiday? You went mountain biking in Austria, didn’t you?
plastic model of the Eiffel Tower with a light in it. I mean, I’m a designer! D; That’s right. It was great, except for James’s accident.
Why do I need these things? My wife refuses to throw them away, though, A: Why? What happened?
so we keep them in a box under the stairs and I agree to display one item D: Well, we’d been cycling in the mountains around Kaunertal and we were
each month in the kitchen. going back to the hotel down this steep road. James went round this tight
bend too fast and he went off the road into some bushes and fell off. It was
3. One of my friends spent last summer travelling round Europe by train and horrible.
she brought me back an apron from Lithuania, I think it was, to wear while A: It sounds it! Was he badly hurt?
I’m cooking. It’s the best souvenir I’ve ever had. It’s made from this beautiful D: Well, we thought so. We were worried that he’d maybe hit his head because
hand-woven material and it has a lovely stripy pattern which she said is he kept asking us where he was and what had happened. He just seemed
typical from there. She’s clever, because she knows I love cooking and she’s really confused. At one point, actually, he even asked if we’d met somewhere
also seen the mess I make when I cook. Maybe I’ll look less scruffy now! before!
A: Really?
4. I visited Greece last year and we went to Athens. As a souvenir, my daughter D: Yeah, and we could see that his knee was very swollen as well. He also had
bought a glass paperweight with an image of the Parthenon inside. She was quite a few cuts and bruises and was bleeding quite a bit. The problem was,
really happy with it. Then on the way home, the airline lost our luggage. The though, we were still miles from the next village.
paperweight was in her bag so she was upset, but then they found the bags A: So, what happened? How did you get him to a hospital?
and when they arrived the paperweight was there and it was fine. Big relief! D: Well, luckily, we were actually on a road and a car came past a minute
But then, she was putting it on her shelf and she dropped it! Oh dear, she or two later. It stopped and the woman driving said she’d take James to the
was so upset! She cried for ages. nearest hospital. He kept saying he’d be OK but she insisted and in the end we
managed to get him to go – just to be safe. We got him into the car and she
Unit 7 – Track 7.2 took my mobile number and promised to call me once there was more news.
S = Seller / B = Buyer A: Wow! That was nice.
S: Yes darlin’. You like the jacket? D: I know. It was really kind of her. Anyway, we then cycled back to our hotel
B: Yeah, it’s nice. How much is it? and waited to hear from the hospital.
S: Two hundred and fifty. A: And did they call?
B: Two hundred and fifty! That’s very expensive. D: Yeah, they did. After a couple of hours, they rang and told me they’d given
S: Not really. It’s top quality. Feel it. James an X-ray and there was nothing broken and nothing wrong with his

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

181
LISTENING SCRIPTS
head. But they said he needed to stay there a bit longer, as he was waiting kinds of things. Like apparently, he took illegal payments connected to
to have a few stitches in the cuts. that new national sports stadium.
A: Oh, poor guy! H: Right.
D: Yeah, I know. In the end, he spent the rest of the holiday hanging around the G: Not that he’s admitted to doing anything. He just apologized for ‘causing
hotel. He was desperate to go out with us, but the doctors told him not to the government difficulties’.
cycle for a week and to rest the knee. It spoilt his holiday really. H: Right. So what else has he been accused of?
A: I bet!
5. I: Did you see that thing in the paper about Real Madrid wanting to sign
D: And, on top of all that, I spoke to him yesterday and he said he’s going to
Geraldinho?
have to buy a new bike now because of the accident. He’s found out the
J: I know. Its bad news for our team, isn’t it? Apparently, he’s refused to play
bike frame’s broken.
in any friendly matches before the start of the season.
A: Ouch! That actually reminds me of something that happened to some
I: Well, that’s that then! This is going to be a terrible season. We needed to
friends of mine when they went camping in Croatia…
buy a top midfielder, not sell one!
Unit 9 – Track 9.1 J: Well, Real are supposed to be offering 40 million, which will help.
I: Maybe. But who are we going to get to replace him?
A. Fake news is misinformation that people think is true. Social media users
stumble upon this content in their newsfeeds. This drives web traffic to ads Unit 10 – Track 10.1
and makes money for fake news websites.
Speaker 1
B. Fake news sites often advertise that their content isn’t real. This doesn’t A: What was the weather like in Peru? Was it hot?
stop people from believing or sharing it. In fact, a catchy title is all a fake B: No, it wasn’t actually. We arrived at night and it was freezing. Then during
news piece needs to start trending. Many people don’t even preview online the day it was still chilly and cloudy.
content before sharing it. A: Oh dear.
C. Some fake news is politically deceptive. The 2016 US presidential election B: I wish I’d taken some warmer clothes. I only had T-shirts and one thin
put this type of fake news into the spotlight. Many Americans think Donald jacket.
Trump won the election because of fake news about his opponent. Others A: Oh no!
wonder how he won with so much fake news circulating about himself. B: It was stupid. I should’ve thought more carefully before setting off. I
knew we’d be in the mountains and could’ve checked the forecast.
D. Some journalists describe fake news as a modern form of propaganda. A: I guess, but South America- you assume it’ll be hot.
During the 2016 US election cycle, fake news was often more popular than B: Exactly! It’s silly, really! Anyway, we still had an amazing time!
real news. Does fake news threaten our democracy?
Speaker 2
E. You might think that young people are more likely to share fake news. This D: Hello.
is not true. In fact, millennials are less likely to spread fake news than their C: Hello, Mum. It’s me, Alan.
parents or grandparents. This has more to do with social media preferences D: Oh hello. I was worried. Did you arrive safely?
than how gullible a generation is. Millennials don’t use Facebook as much C: Yeah, sorry we got here late- that’s why I didn’t phone.
as their parents and grandparents, and Facebook users are more than twice D: Oh right. So, is everything OK? Are you both well?
as likely to see and share fake news. C: Yeah, fine, except for the cockroaches in the hotel.
F. Is fake news creating an era of misinformation, or is this a trend that will D: Cockroaches!
soon be forgotten? What can you do to prevent fake news from trending? C: Yeah. We stayed in this little place last night and the room was filthy.
D: That’s horrible!
Unit 9 – Track 9.2 C: We were silly. We should’ve looked around more, but because we got
1. here so late, we chose the first cheap place we came across.
A: Did you see that thing in the paper about Shaynee Wilson? D: Oh Alan!
B: No. What was that? C: Don’t worry- we’ll check the place out better next time.
A: Well, you remember she got married last September, right? D: I hope so.
B: Yeah, they were at that film premiere recently. He’s that short blonde guy. Speaker 3
A: Exactly. Well, she’s just announced they’re splitting up! E: How was Greece? Nice and hot?
B: Wow, that didn’t last long, did it? F: Yes, it was. It was boiling!
A: Apparently, she found out that he’s having an affair with some other E: Lucky you! I bet that was nice.
Hollywood actress. F: It was, but I did get sunburnt on the first day.
B: So, did he get much of her money? E: Oh no!
F: It was really hot and I was sunbathing and just fell asleep. The next day,
2. my skin went purple! It was horrible.
C: Did you see that thing on the Times website about the steel plant closing E: Oh you poor thing!
down? F: Oh, it was my own fault. I shouldn’t have stayed in the sun for so long,
D: You’re joking! Doesn’t your friend Jim work there? especially with my skin. I should’ve at least put on some sun cream!
C: Yeah. I haven’t spoken to him yet.
D: So how come it’s being shut down? Has the company gone bankrupt? Speaker 4
C: No! Apparently they’re doing quite well. They even promised to expand G: Hello Sir. Are all three of you flying together to Prague?
last year. H: Yes, that’s right.
D: So how come….? G: In that case, I’ll just need to weigh your bags.
C: The usual – it was taken over and the new management claim it’s too H: Sure.
expensive to run. They’re moving production abroad. G: I’m afraid you have to pay an excess baggage charge of €100 on this bag.
D: That’s terrible! So how many people are going to lose their jobs? H: What? But there are three of us! The baggage allowance is fifteen kilos each.
G: I’m sorry Sir, but the rules are very clear: the maximum for any one bag
3. is fifteen kilos, and this one weighs 25. You can transfer some weight to
E: Did you see that thing on TV about that murder in town? your hand baggage if you like.
F: Yeah, shocking, isn’t it? How can someone stab someone to death in a H: How can we fit ten kilos in there? It’s tiny!
crowded place like that in the middle of the day and then get away? G: Well, in that case you need to pay the excess.
E: I know. H: That’s ridiculous.
F: Apparently, no-one offered to help the victim or did anything to stop the G: I’m sorry, but it really isn’t my fault. The ticket conditions are very clear.
guy who did it. I’m afraid you have to go back to the desk over there and pay the excess.
E: It is bad, but then again, what would you have done? H: But the queue’s huge!
4. G: Have you heard the news? I: I told you we should’ve brought another suitcase.
H: No. What? H: I just thought it would be easier with two.
G: The deputy president’s resigned. I: €100! That’s such a rip-off!
H: Really? Why’s that?
G: Haven’t you been following the story? He’s been accused of doing all

182
 REFERENCE LIST

UNIT 1

EXERCISES REFERENCES
http://esl-educate-school-learn.blogspot.com.au/2012/02/20-questions-hobbies-and-free-time.html
Speaking 1
https://www.eslconversationquestions.com/free-time/

Vocabulary 2
Speaking 3 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p76-77. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.
Reading 4

Vocabulary 5a - c http://downloads.bbc.co.uk/worldservice/learningenglish/quiznet/pdfs/110_go_play_do.pdf

Vocabulary 5d – e
Listening 5f Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p12-13. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.
Speaking 5g

Reading 1 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p10-11. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Listening 2 Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p67. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 3 – 4 (a-b) Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p132-133. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 4c Hashemi, L. and Thomas, B. 2006. Grammar for PET with answers, p23. Cambridge University Press, UK.

Grammar 4d http://www.perfect-english-grammar.com/stative-verbs-exercise.html

Speaking 1
Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s book, p24-25. National Geographic Learning.
Reading 2
Andover, England.
Grammar 3a

Grammar 3b – c https://www.englisch-hilfen.de/en/grammar/gerund_infinitive_difference.htm

Grammar 4a – b Oxenden, C. and Latham-Koenig, C. 2012. New English File Intermediate Work book, p54. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s book, p25. National Geographic Learning.
Grammar 4c
Andover, England.

Grammar 4d http://www.perfect-english-grammar.com/gerunds-and-infinitives-exercise-4.html

Grammar 4e https://www.eslconversationquestions.com/gerunds-and-infinitives/

Writing 1 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p150-151. National Geographic Learning. UK.

Phrasal verbs &

Doff, A., Godfrey, R. and Anderson, P. 2015. Empower B1+ Student’s book, p36. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.
collocations

UNIT 2

EXERCISES REFERENCES

Reading 1 – 6 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p16-17. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Vocabulary 1 – 3 Doff, A., Godfrey, R. and Anderson, P. 2015. Empower B1+ Student’s book, p35. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.

Vocabulary 4 – 6 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p110. National Geographic Learning. UK.

Vocabulary 7 – 9 Redston, C., Cunningham, G. and Tims, N. 2005. Face2face Intermediate Student’s book, p4. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England

Listening 1 – 5 Doff, A., Godfrey, R. and Anderson, P. 2015. Empower B1+ Student’s book, p36. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.

Listening 6 – 8 Roberts, R., Buchanan, H., Pathare, E. and Walter, C. 2015. Navigate Intermediate Student’s book, p7. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

183
REFERENCE LIST
Grammar 1 – 4 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p18. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 1 – 3 Oxenden, C. and Latham-Koenig, C. 2012. New English File Intermediate Student’s book, p128. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

Grammar 4 – 5 Oxenden, C. and Latham-Koenig, C. 2012. New English File Intermediate Student’s book, p12. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

Grammar 6 - 7 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p19. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 8 – 10 Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p28. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 1 – 4 Clare, A. and Wilson, JJ. 2015. Speakout Intermediate Students’ Book, p48. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p85. National Geographic Learning.
Grammar 5
Andover, England.

Pronunciation 6 Latham-Koenig, C. and Oxenden, C. 2016. New English File Intermediate Student’s Book, p49. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.
Speaking 7 – 8 Clare, A. and Wilson, JJ. 2015. Speakout Intermediate Students’ Book, p48. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Writing 1 – 6 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p154-155. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Writing 7 – 8 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p23. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

UNIT 3

EXERCISES REFERENCES
Speaking 1 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p28. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p26-27. National Geographic Learning.
Reading 1 – 3
Andover, England.

Listening 1 – 2 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p32. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 1 – 9 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p36-37. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p60-61. National Geographic Learning.
Grammar 1 – 7
Andover, England.

Writing 1 – 6 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p65. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

UNIT 4

EXERCISES REFERENCES
Reading 2 – 3 Doff, A., Godfrey, R. and Anderson, P. 2015. Empower B1+ Student’s book, p48-49. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.

Vocabulary 1 – 6 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p42, 49. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Listening 3 – 4
M. Craven. 2004. Listening Extra, p90, 131. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, UK.
Speaking 5

Grammar 1 – 2
Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p26-27, 30, 138-139. Pearson Education Ltd.
Grammar Practice 1 – 4
Essex, England.
Speaking 1

Listening 2 – 3
Grammar 4 Doff, A., Godfrey, R. and Anderson, P. 2015. Empower B1+ Student’s book, p58, 166. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.
Grammar Practice 1 – 2

Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p53. National Geographic Learning.
Writing 1 – 6 Andover, England.
Emmerson, P. 2013. Email English, p56. Macmillan Education. London, UK.

184
 REFERENCE LIST
UNIT 5

EXERCISES REFERENCES
Speaking 1
Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p134. National Geographic Learning, UK.
Vocabulary 2 – 5

Vocabulary 6 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p36. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Reading 1 – 5 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p136-137. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Listening 1 – 6 Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p124. National Geographic Learning. Andover, England.

Listening 7 – 9 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p135. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Grammar 1 – 6 Clare, A. and Wilson, JJ. 2015. Speakout Intermediate Students’ Book, p68-69. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 7 – 8 Latham-Koenig, C. and Oxenden, C. 2016. New English File Intermediate Student’s Book, p144. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

Grammar 9 – 10 https://www.gaiam.com/blogs/discover/15-easy-ways-to-be-healthier Accessed 06/12/2017

Grammar 11 Roberts, R., Buchanan, H., Pathare, E. and Walter, C. 2015. Navigate Intermediate Student’s book, p77. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

Reading & Grammar 1 – 4 Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p67. National Geographic Learning. Andover, England.

Grammar 5 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p107. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Grammar 6 – 8 Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p71. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Writing 1 – 7 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p156-157. National Geographic Learning, UK.

UNIT 6

EXERCISES REFERENCES
Reading 1 – 5 K.L. Johannsen and R. Traver Chase. 2015. World English 3 Second Edition, p28. National Geographic Learning. Boston, USA.

Vocabulary 1 – 2 Roberts, R., Buchanan, H., Pathare, E. and Walter, C. 2015. Navigate Intermediate Student’s book, p58. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

Listening 1 – 2 K.L. Johannsen and R. Traver Chase. 2015. World English 3 Second Edition, p30. National Geographic Learning. Boston, USA.

Listening 3 The British Council 2013. Accessed 20/12/17. https://www.teachingenglish.org.uk/sites/teacheng/files/Natural%20Disasters

Speaking 1 – 2 %20Student%20worksheet.pdf

Grammar 1 – 4 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p150-151. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Listening 1 – 4
Speaking 1 – 2 Adapted from
Grammar 1 – 3 http://www.headsupenglish.com/upper-intermediate/listening/greenpeace.pdf
Speaking 1
Reading 1 – 5

Vocabulary 1 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p109. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Writing 1 – 6 Latham-Koenig, C. and Oxenden, C. 2008. New English File Upper Intermediate Student’s Book, p48. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

UNIT 7

EXERCISES REFERENCES
Reading & Speaking 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p55, 189. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p44. National Geographic Learning.
Vocabulary 1 – 2
Andover, England.

Reading 1 – 4 Roberts, R., Clare, A. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. New Total English Intermediate Students’ Book, p56, 147, 151. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Listening & Speaking 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p56. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Listening 1 – 8 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p56-57. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Speaking & Vocabulary

Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p47. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.
1–3

Adapted from http://www.news.com.au/finance/work/leaders/why-this-aussie-high-school-dropout-is-actually-the-most-enviable-

Reading 1 – 3
teen-in-nyc/news-story/a21a5c6b5141818071c998ea3ba80f0e

Grammar 1 – 8 Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p25-26. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Listening 1 – 4 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c2tHwXVE1Go

Grammar 1 – 8 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p87. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Reading 1 – 4 Stephenson, H., Dummett, P., Hughes, J. and Sayer, M. 2013. Life Intermediate Student’s Book, p113. National Geographic Learning.
Writing 1 Andover, England.

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

185
REFERENCE LIST
UNIT 8

EXERCISES REFERENCES

Reading 2 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p60-61. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Vocabulary 3
Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p138. National Geographic Learning. UK.
Listening 1

Grammar 3c http://www.perfect-english-grammar.com/past-perfect-exercise-1.html

Vocabulary 4 Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p57. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Listening 1 https://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/danielpowter/badday.html

Vocabulary 3 Created on http://www.discoveryeducation.com/free-puzzlemaker/

Writing Oxenden, C. and Latham-Koenig, C. 2006. New English File Intermediate Student’s book, p33. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

UNIT 9

EXERCISES REFERENCES

Reading 1 – 4 http://www.abc.net.au/news/2015-06-16/australians-digital-news-trust/6548232

Listening 1 – 3 http://blog.esllibrary.com/2016/12/21/podcast-fake-news/

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/fact-checker/wp/2018/01/20/president-trump-made-2140-false-or-misleading-claims-in-his-
Listening 4
first-year/?utm_term=.5cda5a8eb136

https://esllibrary.com/courses/72/lessons/2348
Critical Thinking

http://www.smh.com.au/nsw/shark-goes-for-a-swim-in-manly-pool-20170911-gyf20w.html
https://www.snopes.com/tourist-roller-coaster/
Reading & Vocabulary https://www.huffingtonpost.com/2014/01/02/man-asks-for-prison-wife_n_4531606.html
1–2 https://www.newyorker.com/humor/borowitz-report/trump-warns-that-president-oprah-would-force-americans-to-read
Latham-Koenig, C., Oxenden, C. & Seligson, P. 2012. New English File Third Edition Pre-Intermediate Student’s Book, p92-93. Oxford
University Press

Grammar 1 – 6 Ian Synnott, Senior Teacher, Greenwich English College

Vocabulary 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p142. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Listening 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p142. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Grammar 1 – 2 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p143. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Speaking & Vocabulary 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p143. National Geographic Learning, UK.

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/the-switch/wp/2018/04/10/transcript-of-mark-zuckerbergs-senate-hearing/?utm_
Writing 1 – 2
term=.9efd85e59693

186
 REFERENCE LIST
UNIT 8

EXERCISES REFERENCES

Reading 2 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p60-61. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Vocabulary 3
Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p138. National Geographic Learning. UK.
Listening 1

Grammar 3c http://www.perfect-english-grammar.com/past-perfect-exercise-1.html

Vocabulary 4 Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p57. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Listening 1 https://www.azlyrics.com/lyrics/danielpowter/badday.html

Vocabulary 3 Created on http://www.discoveryeducation.com/free-puzzlemaker/

Writing Oxenden, C. and Latham-Koenig, C. 2006. New English File Intermediate Student’s book, p33. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.

UNIT 9

EXERCISES REFERENCES

Reading 1 – 4 http://www.abc.net.au/news/2015-06-16/australians-digital-news-trust/6548232

Listening 1 – 3 http://blog.esllibrary.com/2016/12/21/podcast-fake-news/

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/fact-checker/wp/2018/01/20/president-trump-made-2140-false-or-misleading-claims-in-his-
Listening 4
first-year/?utm_term=.5cda5a8eb136

https://esllibrary.com/courses/72/lessons/2348
Critical Thinking

http://www.smh.com.au/nsw/shark-goes-for-a-swim-in-manly-pool-20170911-gyf20w.html
https://www.snopes.com/tourist-roller-coaster/
Reading & Vocabulary https://www.huffingtonpost.com/2014/01/02/man-asks-for-prison-wife_n_4531606.html
1–2 https://www.newyorker.com/humor/borowitz-report/trump-warns-that-president-oprah-would-force-americans-to-read
Latham-Koenig, C., Oxenden, C. & Seligson, P. 2012. New English File Third Edition Pre-Intermediate Student’s Book, p92-93. Oxford
University Press

Grammar 1 – 6 Ian Synnott, Senior Teacher, Greenwich English College

Vocabulary 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p142. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Listening 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p142. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Grammar 1 – 2 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p143. National Geographic Learning, UK.

Speaking & Vocabulary 1 – 3 Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p143. National Geographic Learning, UK.

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/the-switch/wp/2018/04/10/transcript-of-mark-zuckerbergs-senate-hearing/?utm_
Writing 1 – 2
term=.9efd85e59693

WWW.GREENWICHCOLLEGE.EDU.AU

187
REFERENCE LIST
UNIT 10

EXERCISES REFERENCES
Craft, H. (2016). Calling Australia home: stories of Australia's boat people. [Online] Retrieved from http://www.smh.com.au/national/
calling-australia-home-stories-of-australias-boat-people-20161122-gsv0ch.html [Accessed 5 January, 2018].

Reading 1 – 5 Australian Bureau of Statistics. (2017). Characteristics of Recent Migrants, Australia. [Online] Retrieved from http://www.abs.gov.au/
ausstats/abs@.nsf/mf/6250.0 [Accessed 5 January, 2018].

Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p118-119. National Geographic Learning. UK

Brainyquote.(2001) Wayne Dyer quotes. Retrieved from

https://www.brainyquote.com/quotes/wayne_dyer_384143 [Accessed January 12, 2018]

Vocabulary 1 – 2
Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p120. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p121. National Geographic Learning. UK.

Speaking & Reading 1 – 4 Cunningham, S., Moor, P. and Bygrave, J. 2013. Cutting Edge Intermediate Students’ Book, p116-117. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p136-137. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Could have, should have, would have. Retrieved from http://www.perfect-english-grammar.com/could-have-should-have-would-have.

Grammar 1 – 3 html [Accessed 6, December 2017].

Espresso English (2013) Past modals: should have, could have, would have. Retrieved
from https://www.espressoenglish.net/past-modals-should-have-could-have-would-have/ [Accessed 6, December 2017].

Vocabulary & Reading 1 - 2 Doff, A., Godfrey, R. and Anderson, P. 2015. Empower B1+ Student’s book, p120-121. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge, England.

Grammar 3 Roberts, R. Antonia, C. and Wilson, JJ. 2011. Total English Intermediate Student’s Book, p136. Pearson Education Ltd. Essex, England.

Dellar, H. and Walkey, A. 2016. Outcomes Intermediate Student’s Book, p121. National Geographic Learning. UK.
British Council. (2014). Wish and if only. Retrieved from
Grammar 1 -3
https://learnenglish.britishcouncil.org/en/quick-grammar/wish-and-if-only
[Accessed on 12, January 2018]

Roberts, R., Buchanan, H., Pathare, E. and Walter, C. 2015. Navigate Intermediate Student’s book, p113. Oxford University Press. Oxford, England.
Writing 1 – 7 Emmerson, P. 2013. Email English, p60-61. Macmillan Education.

188